Searched +hist:5 +hist:b825c3a (Results 1 - 25 of 56) sorted by relevance
/linux-master/include/rdma/ | ||
H A D | ib.h | diff ca3a8ace Sun Jul 29 02:53:13 MDT 2018 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> RDMA/core: Return bool instead of int Return bool for following internal and inline functions as their underlying APIs return bool too. 1. cma_zero_addr() 2. cma_loopback_addr() 3. cma_any_addr() 4. ib_addr_any() 5. ib_addr_loopback() While we are touching cma_loopback_addr(), remove extra white spaces in it. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> |
/linux-master/drivers/misc/vmw_vmci/ | ||
H A D | vmci_context.c | diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b5e0928 Mon Feb 27 15:30:02 MST 2017 Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> lib/vsprintf.c: remove %Z support Now that %z is standartised in C99 there is no reason to support %Z. Unlike %L it doesn't even make format strings smaller. Use BUILD_BUG_ON in a couple ATM drivers. In case anyone didn't notice lib/vsprintf.o is about half of SLUB which is in my opinion is quite an achievement. Hopefully this patch inspires someone else to trim vsprintf.c more. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170103230126.GA30170@avx2 Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com> Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> |
H A D | vmci_host.c | diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> |
/linux-master/net/netfilter/ | ||
H A D | xt_owner.c | diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> |
/linux-master/security/keys/ | ||
H A D | persistent.c | diff 2e12256b Thu Jun 27 16:03:07 MDT 2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> keys: Replace uid/gid/perm permissions checking with an ACL Replace the uid/gid/perm permissions checking on a key with an ACL to allow the SETATTR and SEARCH permissions to be split. This will also allow a greater range of subjects to represented. ============ WHY DO THIS? ============ The problem is that SETATTR and SEARCH cover a slew of actions, not all of which should be grouped together. For SETATTR, this includes actions that are about controlling access to a key: (1) Changing a key's ownership. (2) Changing a key's security information. (3) Setting a keyring's restriction. And actions that are about managing a key's lifetime: (4) Setting an expiry time. (5) Revoking a key. and (proposed) managing a key as part of a cache: (6) Invalidating a key. Managing a key's lifetime doesn't really have anything to do with controlling access to that key. Expiry time is awkward since it's more about the lifetime of the content and so, in some ways goes better with WRITE permission. It can, however, be set unconditionally by a process with an appropriate authorisation token for instantiating a key, and can also be set by the key type driver when a key is instantiated, so lumping it with the access-controlling actions is probably okay. As for SEARCH permission, that currently covers: (1) Finding keys in a keyring tree during a search. (2) Permitting keyrings to be joined. (3) Invalidation. But these don't really belong together either, since these actions really need to be controlled separately. Finally, there are number of special cases to do with granting the administrator special rights to invalidate or clear keys that I would like to handle with the ACL rather than key flags and special checks. =============== WHAT IS CHANGED =============== The SETATTR permission is split to create two new permissions: (1) SET_SECURITY - which allows the key's owner, group and ACL to be changed and a restriction to be placed on a keyring. (2) REVOKE - which allows a key to be revoked. The SEARCH permission is split to create: (1) SEARCH - which allows a keyring to be search and a key to be found. (2) JOIN - which allows a keyring to be joined as a session keyring. (3) INVAL - which allows a key to be invalidated. The WRITE permission is also split to create: (1) WRITE - which allows a key's content to be altered and links to be added, removed and replaced in a keyring. (2) CLEAR - which allows a keyring to be cleared completely. This is split out to make it possible to give just this to an administrator. (3) REVOKE - see above. Keys acquire ACLs which consist of a series of ACEs, and all that apply are unioned together. An ACE specifies a subject, such as: (*) Possessor - permitted to anyone who 'possesses' a key (*) Owner - permitted to the key owner (*) Group - permitted to the key group (*) Everyone - permitted to everyone Note that 'Other' has been replaced with 'Everyone' on the assumption that you wouldn't grant a permit to 'Other' that you wouldn't also grant to everyone else. Further subjects may be made available by later patches. The ACE also specifies a permissions mask. The set of permissions is now: VIEW Can view the key metadata READ Can read the key content WRITE Can update/modify the key content SEARCH Can find the key by searching/requesting LINK Can make a link to the key SET_SECURITY Can change owner, ACL, expiry INVAL Can invalidate REVOKE Can revoke JOIN Can join this keyring CLEAR Can clear this keyring The KEYCTL_SETPERM function is then deprecated. The KEYCTL_SET_TIMEOUT function then is permitted if SET_SECURITY is set, or if the caller has a valid instantiation auth token. The KEYCTL_INVALIDATE function then requires INVAL. The KEYCTL_REVOKE function then requires REVOKE. The KEYCTL_JOIN_SESSION_KEYRING function then requires JOIN to join an existing keyring. The JOIN permission is enabled by default for session keyrings and manually created keyrings only. ====================== BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY ====================== To maintain backward compatibility, KEYCTL_SETPERM will translate the permissions mask it is given into a new ACL for a key - unless KEYCTL_SET_ACL has been called on that key, in which case an error will be returned. It will convert possessor, owner, group and other permissions into separate ACEs, if each portion of the mask is non-zero. SETATTR permission turns on all of INVAL, REVOKE and SET_SECURITY. WRITE permission turns on WRITE, REVOKE and, if a keyring, CLEAR. JOIN is turned on if a keyring is being altered. The KEYCTL_DESCRIBE function translates the ACL back into a permissions mask to return depending on possessor, owner, group and everyone ACEs. It will make the following mappings: (1) INVAL, JOIN -> SEARCH (2) SET_SECURITY -> SETATTR (3) REVOKE -> WRITE if SETATTR isn't already set (4) CLEAR -> WRITE Note that the value subsequently returned by KEYCTL_DESCRIBE may not match the value set with KEYCTL_SETATTR. ======= TESTING ======= This passes the keyutils testsuite for all but a couple of tests: (1) tests/keyctl/dh_compute/badargs: The first wrong-key-type test now returns EOPNOTSUPP rather than ENOKEY as READ permission isn't removed if the type doesn't have ->read(). You still can't actually read the key. (2) tests/keyctl/permitting/valid: The view-other-permissions test doesn't work as Other has been replaced with Everyone in the ACL. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5ac7eace Wed Apr 06 09:14:24 MDT 2016 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> KEYS: Add a facility to restrict new links into a keyring Add a facility whereby proposed new links to be added to a keyring can be vetted, permitting them to be rejected if necessary. This can be used to block public keys from which the signature cannot be verified or for which the signature verification fails. It could also be used to provide blacklisting. This affects operations like add_key(), KEYCTL_LINK and KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE. To this end: (1) A function pointer is added to the key struct that, if set, points to the vetting function. This is called as: int (*restrict_link)(struct key *keyring, const struct key_type *key_type, unsigned long key_flags, const union key_payload *key_payload), where 'keyring' will be the keyring being added to, key_type and key_payload will describe the key being added and key_flags[*] can be AND'ed with KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED. [*] This parameter will be removed in a later patch when KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED is removed. The function should return 0 to allow the link to take place or an error (typically -ENOKEY, -ENOPKG or -EKEYREJECTED) to reject the link. The pointer should not be set directly, but rather should be set through keyring_alloc(). Note that if called during add_key(), preparse is called before this method, but a key isn't actually allocated until after this function is called. (2) KEY_ALLOC_BYPASS_RESTRICTION is added. This can be passed to key_create_or_update() or key_instantiate_and_link() to bypass the restriction check. (3) KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED_ONLY is removed. The entire contents of a keyring with this restriction emplaced can be considered 'trustworthy' by virtue of being in the keyring when that keyring is consulted. (4) key_alloc() and keyring_alloc() take an extra argument that will be used to set restrict_link in the new key. This ensures that the pointer is set before the key is published, thus preventing a window of unrestrictedness. Normally this argument will be NULL. (5) As a temporary affair, keyring_restrict_trusted_only() is added. It should be passed to keyring_alloc() as the extra argument instead of setting KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED_ONLY on a keyring. This will be replaced in a later patch with functions that look in the appropriate places for authoritative keys. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@linux.vnet.ibm.com> diff 5ac7eace Wed Apr 06 09:14:24 MDT 2016 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> KEYS: Add a facility to restrict new links into a keyring Add a facility whereby proposed new links to be added to a keyring can be vetted, permitting them to be rejected if necessary. This can be used to block public keys from which the signature cannot be verified or for which the signature verification fails. It could also be used to provide blacklisting. This affects operations like add_key(), KEYCTL_LINK and KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE. To this end: (1) A function pointer is added to the key struct that, if set, points to the vetting function. This is called as: int (*restrict_link)(struct key *keyring, const struct key_type *key_type, unsigned long key_flags, const union key_payload *key_payload), where 'keyring' will be the keyring being added to, key_type and key_payload will describe the key being added and key_flags[*] can be AND'ed with KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED. [*] This parameter will be removed in a later patch when KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED is removed. The function should return 0 to allow the link to take place or an error (typically -ENOKEY, -ENOPKG or -EKEYREJECTED) to reject the link. The pointer should not be set directly, but rather should be set through keyring_alloc(). Note that if called during add_key(), preparse is called before this method, but a key isn't actually allocated until after this function is called. (2) KEY_ALLOC_BYPASS_RESTRICTION is added. This can be passed to key_create_or_update() or key_instantiate_and_link() to bypass the restriction check. (3) KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED_ONLY is removed. The entire contents of a keyring with this restriction emplaced can be considered 'trustworthy' by virtue of being in the keyring when that keyring is consulted. (4) key_alloc() and keyring_alloc() take an extra argument that will be used to set restrict_link in the new key. This ensures that the pointer is set before the key is published, thus preventing a window of unrestrictedness. Normally this argument will be NULL. (5) As a temporary affair, keyring_restrict_trusted_only() is added. It should be passed to keyring_alloc() as the extra argument instead of setting KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED_ONLY on a keyring. This will be replaced in a later patch with functions that look in the appropriate places for authoritative keys. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@linux.vnet.ibm.com> |
H A D | internal.h | diff 39299bdd Fri Dec 08 17:41:55 MST 2023 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> keys, dns: Allow key types (eg. DNS) to be reclaimed immediately on expiry If a key has an expiration time, then when that time passes, the key is left around for a certain amount of time before being collected (5 mins by default) so that EKEYEXPIRED can be returned instead of ENOKEY. This is a problem for DNS keys because we want to redo the DNS lookup immediately at that point. Fix this by allowing key types to be marked such that keys of that type don't have this extra period, but are reclaimed as soon as they expire and turn this on for dns_resolver-type keys. To make this easier to handle, key->expiry is changed to be permanent if TIME64_MAX rather than 0. Furthermore, give such new-style negative DNS results a 1s default expiry if no other expiry time is set rather than allowing it to stick around indefinitely. This shouldn't be zero as ls will follow a failing stat call immediately with a second with AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW added. Fixes: 1a4240f4764a ("DNS: Separate out CIFS DNS Resolver code") Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Tested-by: Markus Suvanto <markus.suvanto@gmail.com> cc: Wang Lei <wang840925@gmail.com> cc: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> cc: Steve French <smfrench@gmail.com> cc: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com> cc: Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko@kernel.org> cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> cc: linux-afs@lists.infradead.org cc: linux-cifs@vger.kernel.org cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org cc: ceph-devel@vger.kernel.org cc: keyrings@vger.kernel.org cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org diff 5d47b394 Thu Sep 24 22:51:46 MDT 2020 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> security/keys: remove compat_keyctl_instantiate_key_iov Now that import_iovec handles compat iovecs, the native version of keyctl_instantiate_key_iov can be used for the compat case as well. Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 8c0637e9 Tue May 12 08:16:29 MDT 2020 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> keys: Make the KEY_NEED_* perms an enum rather than a mask Since the meaning of combining the KEY_NEED_* constants is undefined, make it so that you can't do that by turning them into an enum. The enum is also given some extra values to represent special circumstances, such as: (1) The '0' value is reserved and causes a warning to trap the parameter being unset. (2) The key is to be unlinked and we require no permissions on it, only the keyring, (this replaces the KEY_LOOKUP_FOR_UNLINK flag). (3) An override due to CAP_SYS_ADMIN. (4) An override due to an instantiation token being present. (5) The permissions check is being deferred to later key_permission() calls. The extra values give the opportunity for LSMs to audit these situations. [Note: This really needs overhauling so that lookup_user_key() tells key_task_permission() and the LSM what operation is being done and leaves it to those functions to decide how to map that onto the available permits. However, I don't really want to make these change in the middle of the notifications patchset.] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> cc: Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@linux.intel.com> cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> cc: Stephen Smalley <stephen.smalley.work@gmail.com> cc: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com> cc: keyrings@vger.kernel.org cc: selinux@vger.kernel.org diff 2e12256b Thu Jun 27 16:03:07 MDT 2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> keys: Replace uid/gid/perm permissions checking with an ACL Replace the uid/gid/perm permissions checking on a key with an ACL to allow the SETATTR and SEARCH permissions to be split. This will also allow a greater range of subjects to represented. ============ WHY DO THIS? ============ The problem is that SETATTR and SEARCH cover a slew of actions, not all of which should be grouped together. For SETATTR, this includes actions that are about controlling access to a key: (1) Changing a key's ownership. (2) Changing a key's security information. (3) Setting a keyring's restriction. And actions that are about managing a key's lifetime: (4) Setting an expiry time. (5) Revoking a key. and (proposed) managing a key as part of a cache: (6) Invalidating a key. Managing a key's lifetime doesn't really have anything to do with controlling access to that key. Expiry time is awkward since it's more about the lifetime of the content and so, in some ways goes better with WRITE permission. It can, however, be set unconditionally by a process with an appropriate authorisation token for instantiating a key, and can also be set by the key type driver when a key is instantiated, so lumping it with the access-controlling actions is probably okay. As for SEARCH permission, that currently covers: (1) Finding keys in a keyring tree during a search. (2) Permitting keyrings to be joined. (3) Invalidation. But these don't really belong together either, since these actions really need to be controlled separately. Finally, there are number of special cases to do with granting the administrator special rights to invalidate or clear keys that I would like to handle with the ACL rather than key flags and special checks. =============== WHAT IS CHANGED =============== The SETATTR permission is split to create two new permissions: (1) SET_SECURITY - which allows the key's owner, group and ACL to be changed and a restriction to be placed on a keyring. (2) REVOKE - which allows a key to be revoked. The SEARCH permission is split to create: (1) SEARCH - which allows a keyring to be search and a key to be found. (2) JOIN - which allows a keyring to be joined as a session keyring. (3) INVAL - which allows a key to be invalidated. The WRITE permission is also split to create: (1) WRITE - which allows a key's content to be altered and links to be added, removed and replaced in a keyring. (2) CLEAR - which allows a keyring to be cleared completely. This is split out to make it possible to give just this to an administrator. (3) REVOKE - see above. Keys acquire ACLs which consist of a series of ACEs, and all that apply are unioned together. An ACE specifies a subject, such as: (*) Possessor - permitted to anyone who 'possesses' a key (*) Owner - permitted to the key owner (*) Group - permitted to the key group (*) Everyone - permitted to everyone Note that 'Other' has been replaced with 'Everyone' on the assumption that you wouldn't grant a permit to 'Other' that you wouldn't also grant to everyone else. Further subjects may be made available by later patches. The ACE also specifies a permissions mask. The set of permissions is now: VIEW Can view the key metadata READ Can read the key content WRITE Can update/modify the key content SEARCH Can find the key by searching/requesting LINK Can make a link to the key SET_SECURITY Can change owner, ACL, expiry INVAL Can invalidate REVOKE Can revoke JOIN Can join this keyring CLEAR Can clear this keyring The KEYCTL_SETPERM function is then deprecated. The KEYCTL_SET_TIMEOUT function then is permitted if SET_SECURITY is set, or if the caller has a valid instantiation auth token. The KEYCTL_INVALIDATE function then requires INVAL. The KEYCTL_REVOKE function then requires REVOKE. The KEYCTL_JOIN_SESSION_KEYRING function then requires JOIN to join an existing keyring. The JOIN permission is enabled by default for session keyrings and manually created keyrings only. ====================== BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY ====================== To maintain backward compatibility, KEYCTL_SETPERM will translate the permissions mask it is given into a new ACL for a key - unless KEYCTL_SET_ACL has been called on that key, in which case an error will be returned. It will convert possessor, owner, group and other permissions into separate ACEs, if each portion of the mask is non-zero. SETATTR permission turns on all of INVAL, REVOKE and SET_SECURITY. WRITE permission turns on WRITE, REVOKE and, if a keyring, CLEAR. JOIN is turned on if a keyring is being altered. The KEYCTL_DESCRIBE function translates the ACL back into a permissions mask to return depending on possessor, owner, group and everyone ACEs. It will make the following mappings: (1) INVAL, JOIN -> SEARCH (2) SET_SECURITY -> SETATTR (3) REVOKE -> WRITE if SETATTR isn't already set (4) CLEAR -> WRITE Note that the value subsequently returned by KEYCTL_DESCRIBE may not match the value set with KEYCTL_SETATTR. ======= TESTING ======= This passes the keyutils testsuite for all but a couple of tests: (1) tests/keyctl/dh_compute/badargs: The first wrong-key-type test now returns EOPNOTSUPP rather than ENOKEY as READ permission isn't removed if the type doesn't have ->read(). You still can't actually read the key. (2) tests/keyctl/permitting/valid: The view-other-permissions test doesn't work as Other has been replaced with Everyone in the ACL. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> diff 237bbd29 Mon Sep 18 12:37:03 MDT 2017 Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com> KEYS: prevent creating a different user's keyrings It was possible for an unprivileged user to create the user and user session keyrings for another user. For example: sudo -u '#3000' sh -c 'keyctl add keyring _uid.4000 "" @u keyctl add keyring _uid_ses.4000 "" @u sleep 15' & sleep 1 sudo -u '#4000' keyctl describe @u sudo -u '#4000' keyctl describe @us This is problematic because these "fake" keyrings won't have the right permissions. In particular, the user who created them first will own them and will have full access to them via the possessor permissions, which can be used to compromise the security of a user's keys: -4: alswrv-----v------------ 3000 0 keyring: _uid.4000 -5: alswrv-----v------------ 3000 0 keyring: _uid_ses.4000 Fix it by marking user and user session keyrings with a flag KEY_FLAG_UID_KEYRING. Then, when searching for a user or user session keyring by name, skip all keyrings that don't have the flag set. Fixes: 69664cf16af4 ("keys: don't generate user and user session keyrings unless they're accessed") Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [v2.6.26+] Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> diff 5dd43ce2 Mon Jun 19 16:19:09 MDT 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/wait: Split out the wait_bit*() APIs from <linux/wait.h> into <linux/wait_bit.h> The wait_bit*() types and APIs are mixed into wait.h, but they are a pretty orthogonal extension of wait-queues. Furthermore, only about 50 kernel files use these APIs, while over 1000 use the regular wait-queue functionality. So clean up the main wait.h by moving the wait-bit functionality out of it, into a separate .h and .c file: include/linux/wait_bit.h for types and APIs kernel/sched/wait_bit.c for the implementation Update all header dependencies. This reduces the size of wait.h rather significantly, by about 30%. Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff ddbb4114 Tue Apr 12 12:54:58 MDT 2016 Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com> KEYS: Add KEYCTL_DH_COMPUTE command This adds userspace access to Diffie-Hellman computations through a new keyctl() syscall command to calculate shared secrets or public keys using input parameters stored in the keyring. Input key ids are provided in a struct due to the current 5-arg limit for the keyctl syscall. Only user keys are supported in order to avoid exposing the content of logon or encrypted keys. The output is written to the provided buffer, based on the assumption that the values are only needed in userspace. Future support for other types of key derivation would involve a new command, like KEYCTL_ECDH_COMPUTE. Once Diffie-Hellman support is included in the crypto API, this code can be converted to use the crypto API to take advantage of possible hardware acceleration and reduce redundant code. Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> diff 0c061b57 Mon Aug 22 07:09:36 MDT 2011 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> KEYS: Correctly destroy key payloads when their keytype is removed unregister_key_type() has code to mark a key as dead and make it unavailable in one loop and then destroy all those unavailable key payloads in the next loop. However, the loop to mark keys dead renders the key undetectable to the second loop by changing the key type pointer also. Fix this by the following means: (1) The key code has two garbage collectors: one deletes unreferenced keys and the other alters keyrings to delete links to old dead, revoked and expired keys. They can end up holding each other up as both want to scan the key serial tree under spinlock. Combine these into a single routine. (2) Move the dead key marking, dead link removal and dead key removal into the garbage collector as a three phase process running over the three cycles of the normal garbage collection procedure. This is tracked by the KEY_GC_REAPING_DEAD_1, _2 and _3 state flags. unregister_key_type() then just unlinks the key type from the list, wakes up the garbage collector and waits for the third phase to complete. (3) Downgrade the key types sem in unregister_key_type() once it has deleted the key type from the list so that it doesn't block the keyctl() syscall. (4) Dead keys that cannot be simply removed in the third phase have their payloads destroyed with the key's semaphore write-locked to prevent interference by the keyctl() syscall. There should be no in-kernel users of dead keys of that type by the point of unregistration, though keyctl() may be holding a reference. (5) Only perform timer recalculation in the GC if the timer actually expired. If it didn't, we'll get another cycle when it goes off - and if the key that actually triggered it has been removed, it's not a problem. (6) Only garbage collect link if the timer expired or if we're doing dead key clean up phase 2. (7) As only key_garbage_collector() is permitted to use rb_erase() on the key serial tree, it doesn't need to revalidate its cursor after dropping the spinlock as the node the cursor points to must still exist in the tree. (8) Drop the spinlock in the GC if there is contention on it or if we need to reschedule. After dealing with that, get the spinlock again and resume scanning. This has been tested in the following ways: (1) Run the keyutils testsuite against it. (2) Using the AF_RXRPC and RxKAD modules to test keytype removal: Load the rxrpc_s key type: # insmod /tmp/af-rxrpc.ko # insmod /tmp/rxkad.ko Create a key (http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/rxrpc/listen.c): # /tmp/listen & [1] 8173 Find the key: # grep rxrpc_s /proc/keys 091086e1 I--Q-- 1 perm 39390000 0 0 rxrpc_s 52:2 Link it to a session keyring, preferably one with a higher serial number: # keyctl link 0x20e36251 @s Kill the process (the key should remain as it's linked to another place): # fg /tmp/listen ^C Remove the key type: rmmod rxkad rmmod af-rxrpc This can be made a more effective test by altering the following part of the patch: if (unlikely(gc_state & KEY_GC_REAPING_DEAD_2)) { /* Make sure everyone revalidates their keys if we marked a * bunch as being dead and make sure all keyring ex-payloads * are destroyed. */ kdebug("dead sync"); synchronize_rcu(); To call synchronize_rcu() in GC phase 1 instead. That causes that the keyring's old payload content to hang around longer until it's RCU destroyed - which usually happens after GC phase 3 is complete. This allows the destroy_dead_key branch to be tested. Reported-by: Benjamin Coddington <bcodding@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> |
/linux-master/arch/mips/kernel/ | ||
H A D | mips-mt-fpaff.c | diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> |
/linux-master/block/ | ||
H A D | ioprio.c | diff 4b838d9e Thu Jun 23 01:48:30 MDT 2022 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> block: Fix handling of tasks without ioprio in ioprio_get(2) ioprio_get(2) can be asked to return the best IO priority from several tasks (IOPRIO_WHO_PGRP, IOPRIO_WHO_USER). Currently the call treats tasks without set IO priority as having priority IOPRIO_CLASS_BE/IOPRIO_BE_NORM however this does not really reflect the IO priority the task will get (which depends on task's nice value). Fix the code to use the real IO priority task's IO will use. We have to modify code for ioprio_get(IOPRIO_WHO_PROCESS) to keep returning IOPRIO_CLASS_NONE priority for tasks without set IO priority as a special case to maintain userspace visible API. Reviewed-by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@opensource.wdc.com> Tested-by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@opensource.wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220623074840.5960-5-jack@suse.cz Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> diff e589f464 Thu Jun 23 01:48:26 MDT 2022 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> block: fix default IO priority handling again Commit e70344c05995 ("block: fix default IO priority handling") introduced an inconsistency in get_current_ioprio() that tasks without IO context return IOPRIO_DEFAULT priority while tasks with freshly allocated IO context will return 0 (IOPRIO_CLASS_NONE/0) IO priority. Tasks without IO context used to be rare before 5a9d041ba2f6 ("block: move io_context creation into where it's needed") but after this commit they became common because now only BFQ IO scheduler setups task's IO context. Similar inconsistency is there for get_task_ioprio() so this inconsistency is now exposed to userspace and userspace will see different IO priority for tasks operating on devices with BFQ compared to devices without BFQ. Furthemore the changes done by commit e70344c05995 change the behavior when no IO priority is set for BFQ IO scheduler which is also documented in ioprio_set(2) manpage: "If no I/O scheduler has been set for a thread, then by default the I/O priority will follow the CPU nice value (setpriority(2)). In Linux kernels before version 2.6.24, once an I/O priority had been set using ioprio_set(), there was no way to reset the I/O scheduling behavior to the default. Since Linux 2.6.24, specifying ioprio as 0 can be used to reset to the default I/O scheduling behavior." So make sure we default to IOPRIO_CLASS_NONE as used to be the case before commit e70344c05995. Also cleanup alloc_io_context() to explicitely set this IO priority for the allocated IO context to avoid future surprises. Note that we tweak ioprio_best() to maintain ioprio_get(2) behavior and make this commit easily backportable. CC: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: e70344c05995 ("block: fix default IO priority handling") Reviewed-by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@opensource.wdc.com> Tested-by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@opensource.wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220623074840.5960-1-jack@suse.cz Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> |
/linux-master/net/dns_resolver/ | ||
H A D | dns_query.c | diff 2e12256b Thu Jun 27 16:03:07 MDT 2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> keys: Replace uid/gid/perm permissions checking with an ACL Replace the uid/gid/perm permissions checking on a key with an ACL to allow the SETATTR and SEARCH permissions to be split. This will also allow a greater range of subjects to represented. ============ WHY DO THIS? ============ The problem is that SETATTR and SEARCH cover a slew of actions, not all of which should be grouped together. For SETATTR, this includes actions that are about controlling access to a key: (1) Changing a key's ownership. (2) Changing a key's security information. (3) Setting a keyring's restriction. And actions that are about managing a key's lifetime: (4) Setting an expiry time. (5) Revoking a key. and (proposed) managing a key as part of a cache: (6) Invalidating a key. Managing a key's lifetime doesn't really have anything to do with controlling access to that key. Expiry time is awkward since it's more about the lifetime of the content and so, in some ways goes better with WRITE permission. It can, however, be set unconditionally by a process with an appropriate authorisation token for instantiating a key, and can also be set by the key type driver when a key is instantiated, so lumping it with the access-controlling actions is probably okay. As for SEARCH permission, that currently covers: (1) Finding keys in a keyring tree during a search. (2) Permitting keyrings to be joined. (3) Invalidation. But these don't really belong together either, since these actions really need to be controlled separately. Finally, there are number of special cases to do with granting the administrator special rights to invalidate or clear keys that I would like to handle with the ACL rather than key flags and special checks. =============== WHAT IS CHANGED =============== The SETATTR permission is split to create two new permissions: (1) SET_SECURITY - which allows the key's owner, group and ACL to be changed and a restriction to be placed on a keyring. (2) REVOKE - which allows a key to be revoked. The SEARCH permission is split to create: (1) SEARCH - which allows a keyring to be search and a key to be found. (2) JOIN - which allows a keyring to be joined as a session keyring. (3) INVAL - which allows a key to be invalidated. The WRITE permission is also split to create: (1) WRITE - which allows a key's content to be altered and links to be added, removed and replaced in a keyring. (2) CLEAR - which allows a keyring to be cleared completely. This is split out to make it possible to give just this to an administrator. (3) REVOKE - see above. Keys acquire ACLs which consist of a series of ACEs, and all that apply are unioned together. An ACE specifies a subject, such as: (*) Possessor - permitted to anyone who 'possesses' a key (*) Owner - permitted to the key owner (*) Group - permitted to the key group (*) Everyone - permitted to everyone Note that 'Other' has been replaced with 'Everyone' on the assumption that you wouldn't grant a permit to 'Other' that you wouldn't also grant to everyone else. Further subjects may be made available by later patches. The ACE also specifies a permissions mask. The set of permissions is now: VIEW Can view the key metadata READ Can read the key content WRITE Can update/modify the key content SEARCH Can find the key by searching/requesting LINK Can make a link to the key SET_SECURITY Can change owner, ACL, expiry INVAL Can invalidate REVOKE Can revoke JOIN Can join this keyring CLEAR Can clear this keyring The KEYCTL_SETPERM function is then deprecated. The KEYCTL_SET_TIMEOUT function then is permitted if SET_SECURITY is set, or if the caller has a valid instantiation auth token. The KEYCTL_INVALIDATE function then requires INVAL. The KEYCTL_REVOKE function then requires REVOKE. The KEYCTL_JOIN_SESSION_KEYRING function then requires JOIN to join an existing keyring. The JOIN permission is enabled by default for session keyrings and manually created keyrings only. ====================== BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY ====================== To maintain backward compatibility, KEYCTL_SETPERM will translate the permissions mask it is given into a new ACL for a key - unless KEYCTL_SET_ACL has been called on that key, in which case an error will be returned. It will convert possessor, owner, group and other permissions into separate ACEs, if each portion of the mask is non-zero. SETATTR permission turns on all of INVAL, REVOKE and SET_SECURITY. WRITE permission turns on WRITE, REVOKE and, if a keyring, CLEAR. JOIN is turned on if a keyring is being altered. The KEYCTL_DESCRIBE function translates the ACL back into a permissions mask to return depending on possessor, owner, group and everyone ACEs. It will make the following mappings: (1) INVAL, JOIN -> SEARCH (2) SET_SECURITY -> SETATTR (3) REVOKE -> WRITE if SETATTR isn't already set (4) CLEAR -> WRITE Note that the value subsequently returned by KEYCTL_DESCRIBE may not match the value set with KEYCTL_SETATTR. ======= TESTING ======= This passes the keyutils testsuite for all but a couple of tests: (1) tests/keyctl/dh_compute/badargs: The first wrong-key-type test now returns EOPNOTSUPP rather than ENOKEY as READ permission isn't removed if the type doesn't have ->read(). You still can't actually read the key. (2) tests/keyctl/permitting/valid: The view-other-permissions test doesn't work as Other has been replaced with Everyone in the ACL. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> |
/linux-master/kernel/ | ||
H A D | uid16.c | diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5a7b46b3 Wed Apr 19 15:41:39 MDT 2006 OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> [PATCH] Add more prevent_tail_call() Those also break userland regs like following. 00000000 <sys_chown16>: 0: 0f b7 44 24 0c movzwl 0xc(%esp),%eax 5: 83 ca ff or $0xffffffff,%edx 8: 0f b7 4c 24 08 movzwl 0x8(%esp),%ecx d: 66 83 f8 ff cmp $0xffffffff,%ax 11: 0f 44 c2 cmove %edx,%eax 14: 66 83 f9 ff cmp $0xffffffff,%cx 18: 0f 45 d1 cmovne %ecx,%edx 1b: 89 44 24 0c mov %eax,0xc(%esp) 1f: 89 54 24 08 mov %edx,0x8(%esp) 23: e9 fc ff ff ff jmp 24 <sys_chown16+0x24> where the tailcall at the end overwrites the incoming stack-frame. Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> [ I would _really_ like to have a way to tell gcc about calling conventions. The "prevent_tail_call()" macro is pretty ugly ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org> diff 5a7b46b3 Wed Apr 19 15:41:39 MDT 2006 OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> [PATCH] Add more prevent_tail_call() Those also break userland regs like following. 00000000 <sys_chown16>: 0: 0f b7 44 24 0c movzwl 0xc(%esp),%eax 5: 83 ca ff or $0xffffffff,%edx 8: 0f b7 4c 24 08 movzwl 0x8(%esp),%ecx d: 66 83 f8 ff cmp $0xffffffff,%ax 11: 0f 44 c2 cmove %edx,%eax 14: 66 83 f9 ff cmp $0xffffffff,%cx 18: 0f 45 d1 cmovne %ecx,%edx 1b: 89 44 24 0c mov %eax,0xc(%esp) 1f: 89 54 24 08 mov %edx,0x8(%esp) 23: e9 fc ff ff ff jmp 24 <sys_chown16+0x24> where the tailcall at the end overwrites the incoming stack-frame. Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> [ I would _really_ like to have a way to tell gcc about calling conventions. The "prevent_tail_call()" macro is pretty ugly ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org> |
H A D | utsname.c | diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5e4a0847 Fri Dec 14 08:55:36 MST 2012 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> userns: Require CAP_SYS_ADMIN for most uses of setns. Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> found a nasty little bug in the permissions of setns. With unprivileged user namespaces it became possible to create new namespaces without privilege. However the setns calls were relaxed to only require CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the user nameapce of the targed namespace. Which made the following nasty sequence possible. pid = clone(CLONE_NEWUSER | CLONE_NEWNS); if (pid == 0) { /* child */ system("mount --bind /home/me/passwd /etc/passwd"); } else if (pid != 0) { /* parent */ char path[PATH_MAX]; snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "/proc/%u/ns/mnt"); fd = open(path, O_RDONLY); setns(fd, 0); system("su -"); } Prevent this possibility by requiring CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the current user namespace when joing all but the user namespace. Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> |
H A D | ucount.c | diff 0cbae9e2 Wed Feb 09 17:09:41 MST 2022 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> ucounts: Handle wrapping in is_ucounts_overlimit While examining is_ucounts_overlimit and reading the various messages I realized that is_ucounts_overlimit fails to deal with counts that may have wrapped. Being wrapped should be a transitory state for counts and they should never be wrapped for long, but it can happen so handle it. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 21d1c5e386bc ("Reimplement RLIMIT_NPROC on top of ucounts") Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20220216155832.680775-5-ebiederm@xmission.com Reviewed-by: Shuah Khan <skhan@linuxfoundation.org> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> diff 59ec7157 Mon Nov 29 13:37:25 MST 2021 Alexey Gladkov <legion@kernel.org> ucounts: Fix rlimit max values check The semantics of the rlimit max values differs from ucounts itself. When creating a new userns, we store the current rlimit of the process in ucount_max. Thus, the value of the limit in the parent userns is saved in the created one. The problem is that now we are taking the maximum value for counter from the same userns. So for init_user_ns it will always be RLIM_INFINITY. To fix the problem we need to check the counter value with the max value stored in userns. Reproducer: su - test -c "ulimit -u 3; sleep 5 & sleep 6 & unshare -U --map-root-user sh -c 'sleep 7 & sleep 8 & date; wait'" Before: [1] 175 [2] 176 Fri Nov 26 13:48:20 UTC 2021 [1]- Done sleep 5 [2]+ Done sleep 6 After: [1] 167 [2] 168 sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: Interrupted system call [1]- Done sleep 5 [2]+ Done sleep 6 Fixes: c54b245d0118 ("Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace") Reported-by: Gleb Fotengauer-Malinovskiy <glebfm@altlinux.org> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Gladkov <legion@kernel.org> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/024ec805f6e16896f0b23e094773790d171d2c1c.1638218242.git.legion@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> diff 59ec7157 Mon Nov 29 13:37:25 MST 2021 Alexey Gladkov <legion@kernel.org> ucounts: Fix rlimit max values check The semantics of the rlimit max values differs from ucounts itself. When creating a new userns, we store the current rlimit of the process in ucount_max. Thus, the value of the limit in the parent userns is saved in the created one. The problem is that now we are taking the maximum value for counter from the same userns. So for init_user_ns it will always be RLIM_INFINITY. To fix the problem we need to check the counter value with the max value stored in userns. Reproducer: su - test -c "ulimit -u 3; sleep 5 & sleep 6 & unshare -U --map-root-user sh -c 'sleep 7 & sleep 8 & date; wait'" Before: [1] 175 [2] 176 Fri Nov 26 13:48:20 UTC 2021 [1]- Done sleep 5 [2]+ Done sleep 6 After: [1] 167 [2] 168 sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: Interrupted system call [1]- Done sleep 5 [2]+ Done sleep 6 Fixes: c54b245d0118 ("Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace") Reported-by: Gleb Fotengauer-Malinovskiy <glebfm@altlinux.org> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Gladkov <legion@kernel.org> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/024ec805f6e16896f0b23e094773790d171d2c1c.1638218242.git.legion@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> diff 59ec7157 Mon Nov 29 13:37:25 MST 2021 Alexey Gladkov <legion@kernel.org> ucounts: Fix rlimit max values check The semantics of the rlimit max values differs from ucounts itself. When creating a new userns, we store the current rlimit of the process in ucount_max. Thus, the value of the limit in the parent userns is saved in the created one. The problem is that now we are taking the maximum value for counter from the same userns. So for init_user_ns it will always be RLIM_INFINITY. To fix the problem we need to check the counter value with the max value stored in userns. Reproducer: su - test -c "ulimit -u 3; sleep 5 & sleep 6 & unshare -U --map-root-user sh -c 'sleep 7 & sleep 8 & date; wait'" Before: [1] 175 [2] 176 Fri Nov 26 13:48:20 UTC 2021 [1]- Done sleep 5 [2]+ Done sleep 6 After: [1] 167 [2] 168 sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: retry: Resource temporarily unavailable sh: fork: Interrupted system call [1]- Done sleep 5 [2]+ Done sleep 6 Fixes: c54b245d0118 ("Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace") Reported-by: Gleb Fotengauer-Malinovskiy <glebfm@altlinux.org> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Gladkov <legion@kernel.org> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/024ec805f6e16896f0b23e094773790d171d2c1c.1638218242.git.legion@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> diff 5fc9e37c Sat Oct 16 12:50:48 MDT 2021 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> ucounts: Remove unnecessary test for NULL ucount in get_ucounts All of the callers of get_ucounts are passeds a non-NULL value so stop handling a NULL ucounts pointer in get_ucounts. It is guaranteed that ever valid fully formed cred that is passed to commit_cred contains a non-NULL ucounts pointer. This in turn gurantees that current_ucounts() never returns NULL. The call of get_ucounts in user_shm_lock is always passed current_ucounts(). The call of get_ucounts in mqueue_get_inode is always passed current_ucounts(). The call of get_ucounts in inc_rlmit_get_ucounts is always passed iter, after iter has been verified to be non-NULL. The call of get_ucounts in key_change_session_keyring is always passed current_ucounts(). The call of get_ucounts in prepare_cred is always passed current_ucounts(). The call of get_ucounts in prepare_kernel_cred is always passed task->cred->ucounts or init_cred->ucounts which being on tasks are guaranteed to have a non-NULL ucounts field. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/87v91uqksg.fsf_-_@disp2133 Tested-by: Yu Zhao <yuzhao@google.com> Reviewed-by: Alexey Gladkov <legion@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> diff 5b8fea65 Thu Mar 04 04:29:20 MST 2021 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fanotify: configurable limits via sysfs fanotify has some hardcoded limits. The only APIs to escape those limits are FAN_UNLIMITED_QUEUE and FAN_UNLIMITED_MARKS. Allow finer grained tuning of the system limits via sysfs tunables under /proc/sys/fs/fanotify, similar to tunables under /proc/sys/fs/inotify, with some minor differences. - max_queued_events - global system tunable for group queue size limit. Like the inotify tunable with the same name, it defaults to 16384 and applies on initialization of a new group. - max_user_marks - user ns tunable for marks limit per user. Like the inotify tunable named max_user_watches, on a machine with sufficient RAM and it defaults to 1048576 in init userns and can be further limited per containing user ns. - max_user_groups - user ns tunable for number of groups per user. Like the inotify tunable named max_user_instances, it defaults to 128 in init userns and can be further limited per containing user ns. The slightly different tunable names used for fanotify are derived from the "group" and "mark" terminology used in the fanotify man pages and throughout the code. Considering the fact that the default value for max_user_instances was increased in kernel v5.10 from 8192 to 1048576, leaving the legacy fanotify limit of 8192 marks per group in addition to the max_user_marks limit makes little sense, so the per group marks limit has been removed. Note that when a group is initialized with FAN_UNLIMITED_MARKS, its own marks are not accounted in the per user marks account, so in effect the limit of max_user_marks is only for the collection of groups that are not initialized with FAN_UNLIMITED_MARKS. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210304112921.3996419-2-amir73il@gmail.com Suggested-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> |
/linux-master/fs/affs/ | ||
H A D | inode.c | diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> |
/linux-master/mm/ | ||
H A D | usercopy.c | diff 1109a5d9 Mon Jan 10 16:15:30 MST 2022 Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> usercopy: Remove HARDENED_USERCOPY_PAGESPAN There isn't enough information to make this a useful check any more; the useful parts of it were moved in earlier patches, so remove this set of checks now. Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220110231530.665970-5-willy@infradead.org diff 6eada26f Tue Mar 22 15:47:46 MDT 2022 Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu> mm: remove usercopy_warn() Users of usercopy_warn() were removed by commit 53944f171a89 ("mm: remove HARDENED_USERCOPY_FALLBACK") Remove it. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/5f26643fc70b05f8455b60b99c30c17d635fa640.1644231910.git.christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu> Reviewed-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Stephen Kitt <steve@sk2.org> Reviewed-by: Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 5ce1be0e Tue Aug 11 19:33:23 MDT 2020 Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> mm/usercopy.c: delete duplicated word Drop the repeated word "the". Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Reviewed-by: Zi Yan <ziy@nvidia.com> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200801173822.14973-13-rdunlap@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff b5cb15d9 Tue Jul 03 13:43:08 MDT 2018 Chris von Recklinghausen <crecklin@redhat.com> usercopy: Allow boot cmdline disabling of hardening Enabling HARDENED_USERCOPY may cause measurable regressions in networking performance: up to 8% under UDP flood. I ran a small packet UDP flood using pktgen vs. a host b2b connected. On the receiver side the UDP packets are processed by a simple user space process that just reads and drops them: https://github.com/netoptimizer/network-testing/blob/master/src/udp_sink.c Not very useful from a functional PoV, but it helps to pin-point bottlenecks in the networking stack. When running a kernel with CONFIG_HARDENED_USERCOPY=y, I see a 5-8% regression in the receive tput, compared to the same kernel without this option enabled. With CONFIG_HARDENED_USERCOPY=y, perf shows ~6% of CPU time spent cumulatively in __check_object_size (~4%) and __virt_addr_valid (~2%). The call-chain is: __GI___libc_recvfrom entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe do_syscall_64 __x64_sys_recvfrom __sys_recvfrom inet_recvmsg udp_recvmsg __check_object_size udp_recvmsg() actually calls copy_to_iter() (inlined) and the latters calls check_copy_size() (again, inlined). A generic distro may want to enable HARDENED_USERCOPY in their default kernel config, but at the same time, such distro may want to be able to avoid the performance penalties in with the default configuration and disable the stricter check on a per-boot basis. This change adds a boot parameter that conditionally disables HARDENED_USERCOPY via "hardened_usercopy=off". Signed-off-by: Chris von Recklinghausen <crecklin@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> |
/linux-master/fs/omfs/ | ||
H A D | inode.c | diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff c963343a Fri Aug 15 01:40:46 MDT 2008 Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> omfs: fix potential oops when directory size is corrupted Testing with a modified fsfuzzer reveals a couple of locations in omfs where filesystem variables are ultimately used as loop counters with insufficient sanity checking. In this case, dir->i_size is used to compute the number of buckets in the directory hash. If too large, readdir will overrun a buffer. Since it's an invariant that dir->i_size is equal to the sysblock size, and we already sanity check that, just use that value instead. This fixes the following oops: BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at c978e004 IP: [<c032298e>] omfs_readdir+0x18e/0x32f Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT DEBUG_PAGEALLOC Modules linked in: Pid: 4796, comm: ls Not tainted (2.6.27-rc2 #12) EIP: 0060:[<c032298e>] EFLAGS: 00010287 CPU: 0 EIP is at omfs_readdir+0x18e/0x32f EAX: c978d000 EBX: 00000000 ECX: cbfcfaf8 EDX: cb2cf100 ESI: 00001000 EDI: 00000800 EBP: cb2d3f68 ESP: cb2d3f0c DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 0000 GS: 0033 SS: 0068 Process ls (pid: 4796, ti=cb2d3000 task=cb175f40 task.ti=cb2d3000) Stack: 00000002 00000000 00000000 c018a820 cb2d3f94 cb2cf100 cbfb0000 ffffff10 cbfb3b80 cbfcfaf8 000001c9 00000a09 00000000 00000000 00000000 cbfcfbc8 c9697000 cbfb3b80 22222222 00001000 c08e6cd0 cb2cf100 cbfb3b80 cb2d3f88 Call Trace: [<c018a820>] ? filldir64+0x0/0xcd [<c018a9f2>] ? vfs_readdir+0x56/0x82 [<c018a820>] ? filldir64+0x0/0xcd [<c018aa7c>] ? sys_getdents64+0x5e/0xa0 [<c01038bd>] ? sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x31 ======================= Code: 00 89 f0 89 f3 0f ac f8 14 81 e3 ff ff 0f 00 48 8d 14 c5 b8 01 00 00 89 45 cc 89 55 f0 e9 8c 01 00 00 8b 4d c8 8b 75 f0 8b 41 18 <8b> 54 30 04 8b 04 30 31 f6 89 5d dc 89 d1 8b 55 b8 0f c8 0f c9 Reported-by: Eric Sesterhenn <snakebyte@gmx.de> Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> |
/linux-master/arch/arm/kernel/ | ||
H A D | sys_oabi-compat.c | diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5d50ffd7 Sun Feb 02 22:13:10 MST 2014 Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> locks: add new fcntl cmd values for handling file private locks Due to some unfortunate history, POSIX locks have very strange and unhelpful semantics. The thing that usually catches people by surprise is that they are dropped whenever the process closes any file descriptor associated with the inode. This is extremely problematic for people developing file servers that need to implement byte-range locks. Developers often need a "lock management" facility to ensure that file descriptors are not closed until all of the locks associated with the inode are finished. Additionally, "classic" POSIX locks are owned by the process. Locks taken between threads within the same process won't conflict with one another, which renders them useless for synchronization between threads. This patchset adds a new type of lock that attempts to address these issues. These locks conflict with classic POSIX read/write locks, but have semantics that are more like BSD locks with respect to inheritance and behavior on close. This is implemented primarily by changing how fl_owner field is set for these locks. Instead of having them owned by the files_struct of the process, they are instead owned by the filp on which they were acquired. Thus, they are inherited across fork() and are only released when the last reference to a filp is put. These new semantics prevent them from being merged with classic POSIX locks, even if they are acquired by the same process. These locks will also conflict with classic POSIX locks even if they are acquired by the same process or on the same file descriptor. The new locks are managed using a new set of cmd values to the fcntl() syscall. The initial implementation of this converts these values to "classic" cmd values at a fairly high level, and the details are not exposed to the underlying filesystem. We may eventually want to push this handing out to the lower filesystem code but for now I don't see any need for it. Also, note that with this implementation the new cmd values are only available via fcntl64() on 32-bit arches. There's little need to add support for legacy apps on a new interface like this. Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> |
/linux-master/fs/notify/inotify/ | ||
H A D | inotify_fsnotify.c | diff 94e00d28 Wed Mar 03 15:48:25 MST 2021 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fsnotify: use hash table for faster events merge In order to improve event merge performance, hash events in a 128 size hash table by the event merge key. The fanotify_event size grows by two pointers, but we just reduced its size by removing the objectid member, so overall its size is increased by one pointer. Permission events and overflow event are not merged so they are also not hashed. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210304104826.3993892-5-amir73il@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff b87d8cef Sat Oct 17 17:13:40 MDT 2020 Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com> mm, memcg: rework remote charging API to support nesting Currently the remote memcg charging API consists of two functions: memalloc_use_memcg() and memalloc_unuse_memcg(), which set and clear the memcg value, which overwrites the memcg of the current task. memalloc_use_memcg(target_memcg); <...> memalloc_unuse_memcg(); It works perfectly for allocations performed from a normal context, however an attempt to call it from an interrupt context or just nest two remote charging blocks will lead to an incorrect accounting. On exit from the inner block the active memcg will be cleared instead of being restored. memalloc_use_memcg(target_memcg); memalloc_use_memcg(target_memcg_2); <...> memalloc_unuse_memcg(); Error: allocation here are charged to the memcg of the current process instead of target_memcg. memalloc_unuse_memcg(); This patch extends the remote charging API by switching to a single function: struct mem_cgroup *set_active_memcg(struct mem_cgroup *memcg), which sets the new value and returns the old one. So a remote charging block will look like: old_memcg = set_active_memcg(target_memcg); <...> set_active_memcg(old_memcg); This patch is heavily based on the patch by Johannes Weiner, which can be found here: https://lkml.org/lkml/2020/5/28/806 . Signed-off-by: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Reviewed-by: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com> Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org> Cc: Dan Schatzberg <dschatzberg@fb.com> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200821212056.3769116-1-guro@fb.com Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff aa93bdc5 Thu Mar 19 09:10:12 MDT 2020 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fsnotify: use helpers to access data by data_type Create helpers to access path and inode from different data types. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200319151022.31456-5-amir73il@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 5b0457ad Fri Apr 20 17:10:50 MDT 2018 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fsnotify: remove redundant arguments to handle_event() inode_mark and vfsmount_mark arguments are passed to handle_event() operation as function arguments as well as on iter_info struct. The difference is that iter_info struct may contain marks that should not be handled and are represented as NULL arguments to inode_mark or vfsmount_mark. Instead of passing the inode_mark and vfsmount_mark arguments, add a report_mask member to iter_info struct to indicate which marks should be handled, versus marks that should only be kept alive during user wait. This change is going to be used for passing more mark types with handle_event() (i.e. super block marks). Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5ba08e2e Wed Jul 28 08:18:37 MDT 2010 Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com> fsnotify: add pr_debug throughout It can be hard to debug fsnotify since there are so few printks. Use pr_debug to allow for dynamic debugging. Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com> |
/linux-master/security/apparmor/ | ||
H A D | policy.c | diff 7dd426e3 Mon Oct 24 21:59:30 MDT 2022 Gaosheng Cui <cuigaosheng1@huawei.com> apparmor: fix a memleak in free_ruleset() When the aa_profile is released, we will call free_ruleset to release aa_ruleset, but we don't free the memory of aa_ruleset, so there will be memleak, fix it. unreferenced object 0xffff8881475df800 (size 1024): comm "apparmor_parser", pid 883, jiffies 4294899650 (age 9114.088s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): 00 f8 5d 47 81 88 ff ff 00 f8 5d 47 81 88 ff ff ..]G......]G.... 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 dc 65 47 81 88 ff ff ..........eG.... backtrace: [<00000000370e658e>] __kmem_cache_alloc_node+0x182/0x700 [<00000000f2f5a6d2>] kmalloc_trace+0x2c/0x130 [<00000000c5c905b3>] aa_alloc_profile+0x1bc/0x5c0 [<00000000bc4fa72b>] unpack_profile+0x319/0x30c0 [<00000000eab791e9>] aa_unpack+0x307/0x1450 [<000000002c3a6ee1>] aa_replace_profiles+0x1b8/0x3790 [<00000000d0c3fd54>] policy_update+0x35a/0x890 [<00000000d04fed90>] profile_replace+0x1d1/0x260 [<00000000cba0c0a7>] vfs_write+0x283/0xd10 [<000000006bae64a5>] ksys_write+0x134/0x260 [<00000000b2fd8f31>] __x64_sys_write+0x78/0xb0 [<00000000f3c8a015>] do_syscall_64+0x5c/0x90 [<00000000a242b1db>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x63/0xcd Fixes: 217af7e2f4de ("apparmor: refactor profile rules and attachments") Signed-off-by: Gaosheng Cui <cuigaosheng1@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> diff 7dd426e3 Mon Oct 24 21:59:30 MDT 2022 Gaosheng Cui <cuigaosheng1@huawei.com> apparmor: fix a memleak in free_ruleset() When the aa_profile is released, we will call free_ruleset to release aa_ruleset, but we don't free the memory of aa_ruleset, so there will be memleak, fix it. unreferenced object 0xffff8881475df800 (size 1024): comm "apparmor_parser", pid 883, jiffies 4294899650 (age 9114.088s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): 00 f8 5d 47 81 88 ff ff 00 f8 5d 47 81 88 ff ff ..]G......]G.... 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 dc 65 47 81 88 ff ff ..........eG.... backtrace: [<00000000370e658e>] __kmem_cache_alloc_node+0x182/0x700 [<00000000f2f5a6d2>] kmalloc_trace+0x2c/0x130 [<00000000c5c905b3>] aa_alloc_profile+0x1bc/0x5c0 [<00000000bc4fa72b>] unpack_profile+0x319/0x30c0 [<00000000eab791e9>] aa_unpack+0x307/0x1450 [<000000002c3a6ee1>] aa_replace_profiles+0x1b8/0x3790 [<00000000d0c3fd54>] policy_update+0x35a/0x890 [<00000000d04fed90>] profile_replace+0x1d1/0x260 [<00000000cba0c0a7>] vfs_write+0x283/0xd10 [<000000006bae64a5>] ksys_write+0x134/0x260 [<00000000b2fd8f31>] __x64_sys_write+0x78/0xb0 [<00000000f3c8a015>] do_syscall_64+0x5c/0x90 [<00000000a242b1db>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x63/0xcd Fixes: 217af7e2f4de ("apparmor: refactor profile rules and attachments") Signed-off-by: Gaosheng Cui <cuigaosheng1@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> diff 3ddae987 Fri Apr 13 23:33:10 MDT 2018 John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> apparmor: fix memory leak when deduping profile load AppArmor is leaking the newly loaded profile and its proxy when the profile is an exact match to the currently loaded version. In this case the dedup check results in the profile being skipped and put without dealing with the proxy ref thus not breaking a circular refcount and causing a leak. BugLink: http://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1750594 Fixes: 5d5182cae401 ("apparmor: move to per loaddata files, instead of replicating in profiles") Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> diff 5d5182ca Tue May 09 01:08:41 MDT 2017 John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> apparmor: move to per loaddata files, instead of replicating in profiles The loaddata sets cover more than just a single profile and should be tracked at the ns level. Move the load data files under the namespace and reference the files from the profiles via a symlink. Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Reviewed-by: Seth Arnold <seth.arnold@canonical.com> Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5ac8c355 Mon Jan 16 01:42:55 MST 2017 John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> apparmor: allow introspecting the loaded policy pre internal transform Store loaded policy and allow introspecting it through apparmorfs. This has several uses from debugging, policy validation, and policy checkpoint and restore for containers. Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> diff 5cb3e91e Mon Oct 14 12:44:34 MDT 2013 John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> apparmor: fix memleak of the profile hash BugLink: http://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1235523 This fixes the following kmemleak trace: unreferenced object 0xffff8801e8c35680 (size 32): comm "apparmor_parser", pid 691, jiffies 4294895667 (age 13230.876s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): e0 d3 4e b5 ac 6d f4 ed 3f cb ee 48 1c fd 40 cf ..N..m..?..H..@. 5b cc e9 93 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 [............... backtrace: [<ffffffff817a97ee>] kmemleak_alloc+0x4e/0xb0 [<ffffffff811ca9f3>] __kmalloc+0x103/0x290 [<ffffffff8138acbc>] aa_calc_profile_hash+0x6c/0x150 [<ffffffff8138074d>] aa_unpack+0x39d/0xd50 [<ffffffff8137eced>] aa_replace_profiles+0x3d/0xd80 [<ffffffff81376937>] profile_replace+0x37/0x50 [<ffffffff811e9f2d>] vfs_write+0xbd/0x1e0 [<ffffffff811ea96c>] SyS_write+0x4c/0xa0 [<ffffffff817ccb1d>] system_call_fastpath+0x1a/0x1f [<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: James Morris <james.l.morris@oracle.com> diff 5cb3e91e Mon Oct 14 12:44:34 MDT 2013 John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> apparmor: fix memleak of the profile hash BugLink: http://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1235523 This fixes the following kmemleak trace: unreferenced object 0xffff8801e8c35680 (size 32): comm "apparmor_parser", pid 691, jiffies 4294895667 (age 13230.876s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): e0 d3 4e b5 ac 6d f4 ed 3f cb ee 48 1c fd 40 cf ..N..m..?..H..@. 5b cc e9 93 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 [............... backtrace: [<ffffffff817a97ee>] kmemleak_alloc+0x4e/0xb0 [<ffffffff811ca9f3>] __kmalloc+0x103/0x290 [<ffffffff8138acbc>] aa_calc_profile_hash+0x6c/0x150 [<ffffffff8138074d>] aa_unpack+0x39d/0xd50 [<ffffffff8137eced>] aa_replace_profiles+0x3d/0xd80 [<ffffffff81376937>] profile_replace+0x37/0x50 [<ffffffff811e9f2d>] vfs_write+0xbd/0x1e0 [<ffffffff811ea96c>] SyS_write+0x4c/0xa0 [<ffffffff817ccb1d>] system_call_fastpath+0x1a/0x1f [<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: James Morris <james.l.morris@oracle.com> diff 4cd4fc77 Sun Sep 29 09:39:22 MDT 2013 John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> apparmor: fix suspicious RCU usage warning in policy.c/policy.h The recent 3.12 pull request for apparmor was missing a couple rcu _protected access modifiers. Resulting in the follow suspicious RCU usage [ 29.804534] [ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ] [ 29.804539] 3.11.0+ #5 Not tainted [ 29.804541] ------------------------------- [ 29.804545] security/apparmor/include/policy.h:363 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage! [ 29.804548] [ 29.804548] other info that might help us debug this: [ 29.804548] [ 29.804553] [ 29.804553] rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 1 [ 29.804558] 2 locks held by apparmor_parser/1268: [ 29.804560] #0: (sb_writers#9){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff81120a4c>] file_start_write+0x27/0x29 [ 29.804576] #1: (&ns->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff811f5d88>] aa_replace_profiles+0x166/0x57c [ 29.804589] [ 29.804589] stack backtrace: [ 29.804595] CPU: 0 PID: 1268 Comm: apparmor_parser Not tainted 3.11.0+ #5 [ 29.804599] Hardware name: ASUSTeK Computer Inc. UL50VT /UL50VT , BIOS 217 03/01/2010 [ 29.804602] 0000000000000000 ffff8800b95a1d90 ffffffff8144eb9b ffff8800b94db540 [ 29.804611] ffff8800b95a1dc0 ffffffff81087439 ffff880138cc3a18 ffff880138cc3a18 [ 29.804619] ffff8800b9464a90 ffff880138cc3a38 ffff8800b95a1df0 ffffffff811f5084 [ 29.804628] Call Trace: [ 29.804636] [<ffffffff8144eb9b>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x82 [ 29.804642] [<ffffffff81087439>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xfc/0x105 [ 29.804649] [<ffffffff811f5084>] __aa_update_replacedby+0x53/0x7f [ 29.804655] [<ffffffff811f5408>] __replace_profile+0x11f/0x1ed [ 29.804661] [<ffffffff811f6032>] aa_replace_profiles+0x410/0x57c [ 29.804668] [<ffffffff811f16d4>] profile_replace+0x35/0x4c [ 29.804674] [<ffffffff81120fa3>] vfs_write+0xad/0x113 [ 29.804680] [<ffffffff81121609>] SyS_write+0x44/0x7a [ 29.804687] [<ffffffff8145bfd2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b [ 29.804691] [ 29.804694] =============================== [ 29.804697] [ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ] [ 29.804700] 3.11.0+ #5 Not tainted [ 29.804703] ------------------------------- [ 29.804706] security/apparmor/policy.c:566 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage! [ 29.804709] [ 29.804709] other info that might help us debug this: [ 29.804709] [ 29.804714] [ 29.804714] rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 1 [ 29.804718] 2 locks held by apparmor_parser/1268: [ 29.804721] #0: (sb_writers#9){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff81120a4c>] file_start_write+0x27/0x29 [ 29.804733] #1: (&ns->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff811f5d88>] aa_replace_profiles+0x166/0x57c [ 29.804744] [ 29.804744] stack backtrace: [ 29.804750] CPU: 0 PID: 1268 Comm: apparmor_parser Not tainted 3.11.0+ #5 [ 29.804753] Hardware name: ASUSTeK Computer Inc. UL50VT /UL50VT , BIOS 217 03/01/2010 [ 29.804756] 0000000000000000 ffff8800b95a1d80 ffffffff8144eb9b ffff8800b94db540 [ 29.804764] ffff8800b95a1db0 ffffffff81087439 ffff8800b95b02b0 0000000000000000 [ 29.804772] ffff8800b9efba08 ffff880138cc3a38 ffff8800b95a1dd0 ffffffff811f4f94 [ 29.804779] Call Trace: [ 29.804786] [<ffffffff8144eb9b>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x82 [ 29.804791] [<ffffffff81087439>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xfc/0x105 [ 29.804798] [<ffffffff811f4f94>] aa_free_replacedby_kref+0x4d/0x62 [ 29.804804] [<ffffffff811f4f47>] ? aa_put_namespace+0x17/0x17 [ 29.804810] [<ffffffff811f4f0b>] kref_put+0x36/0x40 [ 29.804816] [<ffffffff811f5423>] __replace_profile+0x13a/0x1ed [ 29.804822] [<ffffffff811f6032>] aa_replace_profiles+0x410/0x57c [ 29.804829] [<ffffffff811f16d4>] profile_replace+0x35/0x4c [ 29.804835] [<ffffffff81120fa3>] vfs_write+0xad/0x113 [ 29.804840] [<ffffffff81121609>] SyS_write+0x44/0x7a [ 29.804847] [<ffffffff8145bfd2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b Reported-by: miles.lane@gmail.com CC: paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: James Morris <james.l.morris@oracle.com> diff 4cd4fc77 Sun Sep 29 09:39:22 MDT 2013 John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> apparmor: fix suspicious RCU usage warning in policy.c/policy.h The recent 3.12 pull request for apparmor was missing a couple rcu _protected access modifiers. Resulting in the follow suspicious RCU usage [ 29.804534] [ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ] [ 29.804539] 3.11.0+ #5 Not tainted [ 29.804541] ------------------------------- [ 29.804545] security/apparmor/include/policy.h:363 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage! [ 29.804548] [ 29.804548] other info that might help us debug this: [ 29.804548] [ 29.804553] [ 29.804553] rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 1 [ 29.804558] 2 locks held by apparmor_parser/1268: [ 29.804560] #0: (sb_writers#9){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff81120a4c>] file_start_write+0x27/0x29 [ 29.804576] #1: (&ns->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff811f5d88>] aa_replace_profiles+0x166/0x57c [ 29.804589] [ 29.804589] stack backtrace: [ 29.804595] CPU: 0 PID: 1268 Comm: apparmor_parser Not tainted 3.11.0+ #5 [ 29.804599] Hardware name: ASUSTeK Computer Inc. UL50VT /UL50VT , BIOS 217 03/01/2010 [ 29.804602] 0000000000000000 ffff8800b95a1d90 ffffffff8144eb9b ffff8800b94db540 [ 29.804611] ffff8800b95a1dc0 ffffffff81087439 ffff880138cc3a18 ffff880138cc3a18 [ 29.804619] ffff8800b9464a90 ffff880138cc3a38 ffff8800b95a1df0 ffffffff811f5084 [ 29.804628] Call Trace: [ 29.804636] [<ffffffff8144eb9b>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x82 [ 29.804642] [<ffffffff81087439>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xfc/0x105 [ 29.804649] [<ffffffff811f5084>] __aa_update_replacedby+0x53/0x7f [ 29.804655] [<ffffffff811f5408>] __replace_profile+0x11f/0x1ed [ 29.804661] [<ffffffff811f6032>] aa_replace_profiles+0x410/0x57c [ 29.804668] [<ffffffff811f16d4>] profile_replace+0x35/0x4c [ 29.804674] [<ffffffff81120fa3>] vfs_write+0xad/0x113 [ 29.804680] [<ffffffff81121609>] SyS_write+0x44/0x7a [ 29.804687] [<ffffffff8145bfd2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b [ 29.804691] [ 29.804694] =============================== [ 29.804697] [ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ] [ 29.804700] 3.11.0+ #5 Not tainted [ 29.804703] ------------------------------- [ 29.804706] security/apparmor/policy.c:566 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage! [ 29.804709] [ 29.804709] other info that might help us debug this: [ 29.804709] [ 29.804714] [ 29.804714] rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 1 [ 29.804718] 2 locks held by apparmor_parser/1268: [ 29.804721] #0: (sb_writers#9){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff81120a4c>] file_start_write+0x27/0x29 [ 29.804733] #1: (&ns->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff811f5d88>] aa_replace_profiles+0x166/0x57c [ 29.804744] [ 29.804744] stack backtrace: [ 29.804750] CPU: 0 PID: 1268 Comm: apparmor_parser Not tainted 3.11.0+ #5 [ 29.804753] Hardware name: ASUSTeK Computer Inc. UL50VT /UL50VT , BIOS 217 03/01/2010 [ 29.804756] 0000000000000000 ffff8800b95a1d80 ffffffff8144eb9b ffff8800b94db540 [ 29.804764] ffff8800b95a1db0 ffffffff81087439 ffff8800b95b02b0 0000000000000000 [ 29.804772] ffff8800b9efba08 ffff880138cc3a38 ffff8800b95a1dd0 ffffffff811f4f94 [ 29.804779] Call Trace: [ 29.804786] [<ffffffff8144eb9b>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x82 [ 29.804791] [<ffffffff81087439>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xfc/0x105 [ 29.804798] [<ffffffff811f4f94>] aa_free_replacedby_kref+0x4d/0x62 [ 29.804804] [<ffffffff811f4f47>] ? aa_put_namespace+0x17/0x17 [ 29.804810] [<ffffffff811f4f0b>] kref_put+0x36/0x40 [ 29.804816] [<ffffffff811f5423>] __replace_profile+0x13a/0x1ed [ 29.804822] [<ffffffff811f6032>] aa_replace_profiles+0x410/0x57c [ 29.804829] [<ffffffff811f16d4>] profile_replace+0x35/0x4c [ 29.804835] [<ffffffff81120fa3>] vfs_write+0xad/0x113 [ 29.804840] [<ffffffff81121609>] SyS_write+0x44/0x7a [ 29.804847] [<ffffffff8145bfd2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b Reported-by: miles.lane@gmail.com CC: paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: James Morris <james.l.morris@oracle.com> diff 4cd4fc77 Sun Sep 29 09:39:22 MDT 2013 John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> apparmor: fix suspicious RCU usage warning in policy.c/policy.h The recent 3.12 pull request for apparmor was missing a couple rcu _protected access modifiers. Resulting in the follow suspicious RCU usage [ 29.804534] [ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ] [ 29.804539] 3.11.0+ #5 Not tainted [ 29.804541] ------------------------------- [ 29.804545] security/apparmor/include/policy.h:363 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage! [ 29.804548] [ 29.804548] other info that might help us debug this: [ 29.804548] [ 29.804553] [ 29.804553] rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 1 [ 29.804558] 2 locks held by apparmor_parser/1268: [ 29.804560] #0: (sb_writers#9){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff81120a4c>] file_start_write+0x27/0x29 [ 29.804576] #1: (&ns->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff811f5d88>] aa_replace_profiles+0x166/0x57c [ 29.804589] [ 29.804589] stack backtrace: [ 29.804595] CPU: 0 PID: 1268 Comm: apparmor_parser Not tainted 3.11.0+ #5 [ 29.804599] Hardware name: ASUSTeK Computer Inc. UL50VT /UL50VT , BIOS 217 03/01/2010 [ 29.804602] 0000000000000000 ffff8800b95a1d90 ffffffff8144eb9b ffff8800b94db540 [ 29.804611] ffff8800b95a1dc0 ffffffff81087439 ffff880138cc3a18 ffff880138cc3a18 [ 29.804619] ffff8800b9464a90 ffff880138cc3a38 ffff8800b95a1df0 ffffffff811f5084 [ 29.804628] Call Trace: [ 29.804636] [<ffffffff8144eb9b>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x82 [ 29.804642] [<ffffffff81087439>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xfc/0x105 [ 29.804649] [<ffffffff811f5084>] __aa_update_replacedby+0x53/0x7f [ 29.804655] [<ffffffff811f5408>] __replace_profile+0x11f/0x1ed [ 29.804661] [<ffffffff811f6032>] aa_replace_profiles+0x410/0x57c [ 29.804668] [<ffffffff811f16d4>] profile_replace+0x35/0x4c [ 29.804674] [<ffffffff81120fa3>] vfs_write+0xad/0x113 [ 29.804680] [<ffffffff81121609>] SyS_write+0x44/0x7a [ 29.804687] [<ffffffff8145bfd2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b [ 29.804691] [ 29.804694] =============================== [ 29.804697] [ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ] [ 29.804700] 3.11.0+ #5 Not tainted [ 29.804703] ------------------------------- [ 29.804706] security/apparmor/policy.c:566 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage! [ 29.804709] [ 29.804709] other info that might help us debug this: [ 29.804709] [ 29.804714] [ 29.804714] rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 1 [ 29.804718] 2 locks held by apparmor_parser/1268: [ 29.804721] #0: (sb_writers#9){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff81120a4c>] file_start_write+0x27/0x29 [ 29.804733] #1: (&ns->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff811f5d88>] aa_replace_profiles+0x166/0x57c [ 29.804744] [ 29.804744] stack backtrace: [ 29.804750] CPU: 0 PID: 1268 Comm: apparmor_parser Not tainted 3.11.0+ #5 [ 29.804753] Hardware name: ASUSTeK Computer Inc. UL50VT /UL50VT , BIOS 217 03/01/2010 [ 29.804756] 0000000000000000 ffff8800b95a1d80 ffffffff8144eb9b ffff8800b94db540 [ 29.804764] ffff8800b95a1db0 ffffffff81087439 ffff8800b95b02b0 0000000000000000 [ 29.804772] ffff8800b9efba08 ffff880138cc3a38 ffff8800b95a1dd0 ffffffff811f4f94 [ 29.804779] Call Trace: [ 29.804786] [<ffffffff8144eb9b>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x82 [ 29.804791] [<ffffffff81087439>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xfc/0x105 [ 29.804798] [<ffffffff811f4f94>] aa_free_replacedby_kref+0x4d/0x62 [ 29.804804] [<ffffffff811f4f47>] ? aa_put_namespace+0x17/0x17 [ 29.804810] [<ffffffff811f4f0b>] kref_put+0x36/0x40 [ 29.804816] [<ffffffff811f5423>] __replace_profile+0x13a/0x1ed [ 29.804822] [<ffffffff811f6032>] aa_replace_profiles+0x410/0x57c [ 29.804829] [<ffffffff811f16d4>] profile_replace+0x35/0x4c [ 29.804835] [<ffffffff81120fa3>] vfs_write+0xad/0x113 [ 29.804840] [<ffffffff81121609>] SyS_write+0x44/0x7a [ 29.804847] [<ffffffff8145bfd2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b Reported-by: miles.lane@gmail.com CC: paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: James Morris <james.l.morris@oracle.com> diff 4cd4fc77 Sun Sep 29 09:39:22 MDT 2013 John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> apparmor: fix suspicious RCU usage warning in policy.c/policy.h The recent 3.12 pull request for apparmor was missing a couple rcu _protected access modifiers. Resulting in the follow suspicious RCU usage [ 29.804534] [ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ] [ 29.804539] 3.11.0+ #5 Not tainted [ 29.804541] ------------------------------- [ 29.804545] security/apparmor/include/policy.h:363 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage! [ 29.804548] [ 29.804548] other info that might help us debug this: [ 29.804548] [ 29.804553] [ 29.804553] rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 1 [ 29.804558] 2 locks held by apparmor_parser/1268: [ 29.804560] #0: (sb_writers#9){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff81120a4c>] file_start_write+0x27/0x29 [ 29.804576] #1: (&ns->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff811f5d88>] aa_replace_profiles+0x166/0x57c [ 29.804589] [ 29.804589] stack backtrace: [ 29.804595] CPU: 0 PID: 1268 Comm: apparmor_parser Not tainted 3.11.0+ #5 [ 29.804599] Hardware name: ASUSTeK Computer Inc. UL50VT /UL50VT , BIOS 217 03/01/2010 [ 29.804602] 0000000000000000 ffff8800b95a1d90 ffffffff8144eb9b ffff8800b94db540 [ 29.804611] ffff8800b95a1dc0 ffffffff81087439 ffff880138cc3a18 ffff880138cc3a18 [ 29.804619] ffff8800b9464a90 ffff880138cc3a38 ffff8800b95a1df0 ffffffff811f5084 [ 29.804628] Call Trace: [ 29.804636] [<ffffffff8144eb9b>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x82 [ 29.804642] [<ffffffff81087439>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xfc/0x105 [ 29.804649] [<ffffffff811f5084>] __aa_update_replacedby+0x53/0x7f [ 29.804655] [<ffffffff811f5408>] __replace_profile+0x11f/0x1ed [ 29.804661] [<ffffffff811f6032>] aa_replace_profiles+0x410/0x57c [ 29.804668] [<ffffffff811f16d4>] profile_replace+0x35/0x4c [ 29.804674] [<ffffffff81120fa3>] vfs_write+0xad/0x113 [ 29.804680] [<ffffffff81121609>] SyS_write+0x44/0x7a [ 29.804687] [<ffffffff8145bfd2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b [ 29.804691] [ 29.804694] =============================== [ 29.804697] [ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ] [ 29.804700] 3.11.0+ #5 Not tainted [ 29.804703] ------------------------------- [ 29.804706] security/apparmor/policy.c:566 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage! [ 29.804709] [ 29.804709] other info that might help us debug this: [ 29.804709] [ 29.804714] [ 29.804714] rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 1 [ 29.804718] 2 locks held by apparmor_parser/1268: [ 29.804721] #0: (sb_writers#9){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff81120a4c>] file_start_write+0x27/0x29 [ 29.804733] #1: (&ns->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff811f5d88>] aa_replace_profiles+0x166/0x57c [ 29.804744] [ 29.804744] stack backtrace: [ 29.804750] CPU: 0 PID: 1268 Comm: apparmor_parser Not tainted 3.11.0+ #5 [ 29.804753] Hardware name: ASUSTeK Computer Inc. UL50VT /UL50VT , BIOS 217 03/01/2010 [ 29.804756] 0000000000000000 ffff8800b95a1d80 ffffffff8144eb9b ffff8800b94db540 [ 29.804764] ffff8800b95a1db0 ffffffff81087439 ffff8800b95b02b0 0000000000000000 [ 29.804772] ffff8800b9efba08 ffff880138cc3a38 ffff8800b95a1dd0 ffffffff811f4f94 [ 29.804779] Call Trace: [ 29.804786] [<ffffffff8144eb9b>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x82 [ 29.804791] [<ffffffff81087439>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xfc/0x105 [ 29.804798] [<ffffffff811f4f94>] aa_free_replacedby_kref+0x4d/0x62 [ 29.804804] [<ffffffff811f4f47>] ? aa_put_namespace+0x17/0x17 [ 29.804810] [<ffffffff811f4f0b>] kref_put+0x36/0x40 [ 29.804816] [<ffffffff811f5423>] __replace_profile+0x13a/0x1ed [ 29.804822] [<ffffffff811f6032>] aa_replace_profiles+0x410/0x57c [ 29.804829] [<ffffffff811f16d4>] profile_replace+0x35/0x4c [ 29.804835] [<ffffffff81120fa3>] vfs_write+0xad/0x113 [ 29.804840] [<ffffffff81121609>] SyS_write+0x44/0x7a [ 29.804847] [<ffffffff8145bfd2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b Reported-by: miles.lane@gmail.com CC: paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com Signed-off-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: James Morris <james.l.morris@oracle.com> |
/linux-master/fs/ext2/ | ||
H A D | balloc.c | diff f9bff0e3 Wed Aug 02 09:13:29 MDT 2023 Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> minmax: add in_range() macro Patch series "New page table range API", v6. This patchset changes the API used by the MM to set up page table entries. The four APIs are: set_ptes(mm, addr, ptep, pte, nr) update_mmu_cache_range(vma, addr, ptep, nr) flush_dcache_folio(folio) flush_icache_pages(vma, page, nr) flush_dcache_folio() isn't technically new, but no architecture implemented it, so I've done that for them. The old APIs remain around but are mostly implemented by calling the new interfaces. The new APIs are based around setting up N page table entries at once. The N entries belong to the same PMD, the same folio and the same VMA, so ptep++ is a legitimate operation, and locking is taken care of for you. Some architectures can do a better job of it than just a loop, but I have hesitated to make too deep a change to architectures I don't understand well. One thing I have changed in every architecture is that PG_arch_1 is now a per-folio bit instead of a per-page bit when used for dcache clean/dirty tracking. This was something that would have to happen eventually, and it makes sense to do it now rather than iterate over every page involved in a cache flush and figure out if it needs to happen. The point of all this is better performance, and Fengwei Yin has measured improvement on x86. I suspect you'll see improvement on your architecture too. Try the new will-it-scale test mentioned here: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-mm/20230206140639.538867-5-fengwei.yin@intel.com/ You'll need to run it on an XFS filesystem and have CONFIG_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE set. This patchset is the basis for much of the anonymous large folio work being done by Ryan, so it's received quite a lot of testing over the last few months. This patch (of 38): Determine if a value lies within a range more efficiently (subtraction + comparison vs two comparisons and an AND). It also has useful (under some circumstances) behaviour if the range exceeds the maximum value of the type. Convert all the conflicting definitions of in_range() within the kernel; some can use the generic definition while others need their own definition. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230802151406.3735276-1-willy@infradead.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230802151406.3735276-2-willy@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> diff 9bc6fc33 Tue Aug 15 05:26:12 MDT 2023 Ye Bin <yebin10@huawei.com> ext2: dump current reservation window info There's report BUG in 'ext2_try_to_allocate_with_rsv()', although there's now dump of all reservation windows information. But there's unknown which window is being processed.So this is not helpful for locating the issue. To better analyze the problem, dump the information about reservation window that is being processed. And just bail with error instead of BUG here. Signed-off-by: Ye Bin <yebin10@huawei.com> Message-Id: <20230815112612.221145-5-yebin10@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 355b9aae Mon Nov 04 04:40:36 MST 2019 Chengguang Xu <cgxu519@mykernel.net> ext2: fix improper function comment Just fix a improper function comment. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191104114036.9893-5-cgxu519@mykernel.net Signed-off-by: Chengguang Xu <cgxu519@mykernel.net> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> |
/linux-master/include/net/ | ||
H A D | scm.h | diff 42f298c0 Mon Mar 25 14:24:13 MDT 2024 Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> af_unix: Link struct unix_edge when queuing skb. Just before queuing skb with inflight fds, we call scm_stat_add(), which is a good place to set up the preallocated struct unix_vertex and struct unix_edge in UNIXCB(skb).fp. Then, we call unix_add_edges() and construct the directed graph as follows: 1. Set the inflight socket's unix_sock to unix_edge.predecessor. 2. Set the receiver's unix_sock to unix_edge.successor. 3. Set the preallocated vertex to inflight socket's unix_sock.vertex. 4. Link inflight socket's unix_vertex.entry to unix_unvisited_vertices. 5. Link unix_edge.vertex_entry to the inflight socket's unix_vertex.edges. Let's say we pass the fd of AF_UNIX socket A to B and the fd of B to C. The graph looks like this: +-------------------------+ | unix_unvisited_vertices | <-------------------------. +-------------------------+ | + | | +--------------+ +--------------+ | +--------------+ | | unix_sock A | <---. .---> | unix_sock B | <-|-. .---> | unix_sock C | | +--------------+ | | +--------------+ | | | +--------------+ | .-+ | vertex | | | .-+ | vertex | | | | | vertex | | | +--------------+ | | | +--------------+ | | | +--------------+ | | | | | | | | | | +--------------+ | | | +--------------+ | | | | '-> | unix_vertex | | | '-> | unix_vertex | | | | | +--------------+ | | +--------------+ | | | `---> | entry | +---------> | entry | +-' | | |--------------| | | |--------------| | | | edges | <-. | | | edges | <-. | | +--------------+ | | | +--------------+ | | | | | | | | | .----------------------' | | .----------------------' | | | | | | | | | +--------------+ | | | +--------------+ | | | | unix_edge | | | | | unix_edge | | | | +--------------+ | | | +--------------+ | | `-> | vertex_entry | | | `-> | vertex_entry | | | |--------------| | | |--------------| | | | predecessor | +---' | | predecessor | +---' | |--------------| | |--------------| | | successor | +-----' | successor | +-----' +--------------+ +--------------+ Henceforth, we denote such a graph as A -> B (-> C). Now, we can express all inflight fd graphs that do not contain embryo sockets. We will support the particular case later. Signed-off-by: Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240325202425.60930-4-kuniyu@amazon.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> diff 4e94ddfe Thu Nov 30 05:49:11 MST 2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> file: remove __receive_fd() Honestly, there's little value in having a helper with and without that int __user *ufd argument. It's just messy and doesn't really give us anything. Just expose receive_fd() with that argument and get rid of that helper. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231130-vfs-files-fixes-v1-5-e73ca6f4ea83@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Reviewed-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 718e6b51 Fri Sep 01 17:46:04 MDT 2023 Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> af_unix: Fix msg_controllen test in scm_pidfd_recv() for MSG_CMSG_COMPAT. Heiko Carstens reported that SCM_PIDFD does not work with MSG_CMSG_COMPAT because scm_pidfd_recv() always checks msg_controllen against sizeof(struct cmsghdr). We need to use sizeof(struct compat_cmsghdr) for the compat case. Fixes: 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD") Reported-by: Heiko Carstens <hca@linux.ibm.com> Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20230901200517.8742-A-hca@linux.ibm.com/ Signed-off-by: Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> Tested-by: Heiko Carstens <hca@linux.ibm.com> Reviewed-by: Alexander Mikhalitsyn <aleksandr.mikhalitsyn@canonical.com> Reviewed-by: Michal Swiatkowski <michal.swiatkowski@linux.intel.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> diff a9c49cc2 Tue Jun 27 11:43:14 MDT 2023 Alexander Mikhalitsyn <alexander@mihalicyn.com> net: scm: introduce and use scm_recv_unix helper Recently, our friends from bluetooth subsystem reported [1] that after commit 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD") scm_recv() helper become unusable in kernel modules (because it uses unexported pidfd_prepare() API). We were aware of this issue and workarounded it in a hard way by commit 97154bcf4d1b ("af_unix: Kconfig: make CONFIG_UNIX bool"). But recently a new functionality was added in the scope of commit 817efd3cad74 ("Bluetooth: hci_sock: Forward credentials to monitor") and after that bluetooth can't be compiled as a kernel module. After some discussion in [1] we decided to split scm_recv() into two helpers, one won't support SCM_PIDFD (used for unix sockets), and another one will be completely the same as it was before commit 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD"). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAJqdLrpFcga4n7wxBhsFqPQiN8PKFVr6U10fKcJ9W7AcZn+o6Q@mail.gmail.com/ [1] Fixes: 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD") Signed-off-by: Alexander Mikhalitsyn <aleksandr.mikhalitsyn@canonical.com> Reviewed-by: Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230627174314.67688-3-kuniyu@amazon.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> diff a9c49cc2 Tue Jun 27 11:43:14 MDT 2023 Alexander Mikhalitsyn <alexander@mihalicyn.com> net: scm: introduce and use scm_recv_unix helper Recently, our friends from bluetooth subsystem reported [1] that after commit 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD") scm_recv() helper become unusable in kernel modules (because it uses unexported pidfd_prepare() API). We were aware of this issue and workarounded it in a hard way by commit 97154bcf4d1b ("af_unix: Kconfig: make CONFIG_UNIX bool"). But recently a new functionality was added in the scope of commit 817efd3cad74 ("Bluetooth: hci_sock: Forward credentials to monitor") and after that bluetooth can't be compiled as a kernel module. After some discussion in [1] we decided to split scm_recv() into two helpers, one won't support SCM_PIDFD (used for unix sockets), and another one will be completely the same as it was before commit 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD"). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAJqdLrpFcga4n7wxBhsFqPQiN8PKFVr6U10fKcJ9W7AcZn+o6Q@mail.gmail.com/ [1] Fixes: 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD") Signed-off-by: Alexander Mikhalitsyn <aleksandr.mikhalitsyn@canonical.com> Reviewed-by: Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230627174314.67688-3-kuniyu@amazon.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> diff a9c49cc2 Tue Jun 27 11:43:14 MDT 2023 Alexander Mikhalitsyn <alexander@mihalicyn.com> net: scm: introduce and use scm_recv_unix helper Recently, our friends from bluetooth subsystem reported [1] that after commit 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD") scm_recv() helper become unusable in kernel modules (because it uses unexported pidfd_prepare() API). We were aware of this issue and workarounded it in a hard way by commit 97154bcf4d1b ("af_unix: Kconfig: make CONFIG_UNIX bool"). But recently a new functionality was added in the scope of commit 817efd3cad74 ("Bluetooth: hci_sock: Forward credentials to monitor") and after that bluetooth can't be compiled as a kernel module. After some discussion in [1] we decided to split scm_recv() into two helpers, one won't support SCM_PIDFD (used for unix sockets), and another one will be completely the same as it was before commit 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD"). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAJqdLrpFcga4n7wxBhsFqPQiN8PKFVr6U10fKcJ9W7AcZn+o6Q@mail.gmail.com/ [1] Fixes: 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD") Signed-off-by: Alexander Mikhalitsyn <aleksandr.mikhalitsyn@canonical.com> Reviewed-by: Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230627174314.67688-3-kuniyu@amazon.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> diff 603fc57a Tue Jun 27 11:43:13 MDT 2023 Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> af_unix: Skip SCM_PIDFD if scm->pid is NULL. syzkaller hit a WARN_ON_ONCE(!scm->pid) in scm_pidfd_recv(). In unix_stream_read_generic(), if there is no skb in the queue, we could bail out the do-while loop without calling scm_set_cred(): 1. No skb in the queue 2. sk is non-blocking or shutdown(sk, RCV_SHUTDOWN) is called concurrently or peer calls close() If the socket is configured with SO_PASSPIDFD, scm_pidfd_recv() would populate cmsg with garbage emitting the warning. Let's skip SCM_PIDFD if scm->pid is NULL in scm_pidfd_recv(). Note another way would be skip calling scm_recv() in such cases, but this caused a regression resulting in commit 9d797ee2dce1 ("Revert "af_unix: Call scm_recv() only after scm_set_cred().""). WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 3245 at include/net/scm.h:138 scm_pidfd_recv include/net/scm.h:138 [inline] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 3245 at include/net/scm.h:138 scm_recv.constprop.0+0x754/0x850 include/net/scm.h:177 Modules linked in: CPU: 1 PID: 3245 Comm: syz-executor.1 Not tainted 6.4.0-rc5-01219-gfa0e21fa4443 #2 Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS rel-1.16.0-0-gd239552ce722-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014 RIP: 0010:scm_pidfd_recv include/net/scm.h:138 [inline] RIP: 0010:scm_recv.constprop.0+0x754/0x850 include/net/scm.h:177 Code: 67 fd e9 55 fd ff ff e8 4a 70 67 fd e9 7f fd ff ff e8 40 70 67 fd e9 3e fb ff ff e8 36 70 67 fd e9 02 fd ff ff e8 8c 3a 20 fd <0f> 0b e9 fe fb ff ff e8 50 70 67 fd e9 2e f9 ff ff e8 46 70 67 fd RSP: 0018:ffffc90009af7660 EFLAGS: 00010216 RAX: 00000000000000a1 RBX: ffff888041e58a80 RCX: ffffc90003852000 RDX: 0000000000040000 RSI: ffffffff842675b4 RDI: 0000000000000007 RBP: ffffc90009af7810 R08: 0000000000000007 R09: 0000000000000013 R10: 00000000000000f8 R11: 0000000000000001 R12: ffffc90009af7db0 R13: 0000000000000000 R14: ffff888041e58a88 R15: 1ffff9200135eecc FS: 00007f6b7113f640(0000) GS:ffff88806cf00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 00007f6b7111de38 CR3: 0000000012a6e002 CR4: 0000000000770ee0 PKRU: 55555554 Call Trace: <TASK> unix_stream_read_generic+0x5fe/0x1f50 net/unix/af_unix.c:2830 unix_stream_recvmsg+0x194/0x1c0 net/unix/af_unix.c:2880 sock_recvmsg_nosec net/socket.c:1019 [inline] sock_recvmsg+0x188/0x1d0 net/socket.c:1040 ____sys_recvmsg+0x210/0x610 net/socket.c:2712 ___sys_recvmsg+0xff/0x190 net/socket.c:2754 do_recvmmsg+0x25d/0x6c0 net/socket.c:2848 __sys_recvmmsg net/socket.c:2927 [inline] __do_sys_recvmmsg net/socket.c:2950 [inline] __se_sys_recvmmsg net/socket.c:2943 [inline] __x64_sys_recvmmsg+0x224/0x290 net/socket.c:2943 do_syscall_x64 arch/x86/entry/common.c:50 [inline] do_syscall_64+0x3f/0x90 arch/x86/entry/common.c:80 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x72/0xdc RIP: 0033:0x7f6b71da2e5d Code: ff c3 66 2e 0f 1f 84 00 00 00 00 00 90 f3 0f 1e fa 48 89 f8 48 89 f7 48 89 d6 48 89 ca 4d 89 c2 4d 89 c8 4c 8b 4c 24 08 0f 05 <48> 3d 01 f0 ff ff 73 01 c3 48 8b 0d 73 9f 1b 00 f7 d8 64 89 01 48 RSP: 002b:00007f6b7113ecc8 EFLAGS: 00000246 ORIG_RAX: 000000000000012b RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 00000000004bc050 RCX: 00007f6b71da2e5d RDX: 0000000000000007 RSI: 0000000020006600 RDI: 000000000000000b RBP: 00000000004bc050 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000 R10: 0000000000000120 R11: 0000000000000246 R12: 0000000000000000 R13: 000000000000006e R14: 00007f6b71e03530 R15: 0000000000000000 </TASK> Fixes: 5e2ff6704a27 ("scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD") Reported-by: syzkaller <syzkaller@googlegroups.com> Signed-off-by: Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230627174314.67688-2-kuniyu@amazon.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> diff 5e2ff670 Thu Jun 08 14:26:25 MDT 2023 Alexander Mikhalitsyn <alexander@mihalicyn.com> scm: add SO_PASSPIDFD and SCM_PIDFD Implement SCM_PIDFD, a new type of CMSG type analogical to SCM_CREDENTIALS, but it contains pidfd instead of plain pid, which allows programmers not to care about PID reuse problem. We mask SO_PASSPIDFD feature if CONFIG_UNIX is not builtin because it depends on a pidfd_prepare() API which is not exported to the kernel modules. Idea comes from UAPI kernel group: https://uapi-group.org/kernel-features/ Big thanks to Christian Brauner and Lennart Poettering for productive discussions about this. Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org> Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Cc: Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> Cc: Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de> Cc: Luca Boccassi <bluca@debian.org> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org Tested-by: Luca Boccassi <bluca@debian.org> Reviewed-by: Kuniyuki Iwashima <kuniyu@amazon.com> Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexander Mikhalitsyn <aleksandr.mikhalitsyn@canonical.com> Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
/linux-master/fs/cachefiles/ | ||
H A D | internal.h | diff b817e22b Sun Nov 19 09:14:21 MST 2023 Jia Zhu <zhujia.zj@bytedance.com> cachefiles: narrow the scope of triggering EPOLLIN events in ondemand mode Don't trigger EPOLLIN when there are only reopening read requests in xarray. Suggested-by: Xin Yin <yinxin.x@bytedance.com> Signed-off-by: Jia Zhu <zhujia.zj@bytedance.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231120041422.75170-5-zhujia.zj@bytedance.com Reviewed-by: Jingbo Xu <jefflexu@linux.alibaba.com> Reviewed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 324b954a Mon Apr 25 06:21:26 MDT 2022 Jeffle Xu <jefflexu@linux.alibaba.com> cachefiles: notify the user daemon when withdrawing cookie Notify the user daemon that cookie is going to be withdrawn, providing a hint that the associated anonymous fd can be closed. Be noted that this is only a hint. The user daemon may close the associated anonymous fd when receiving the CLOSE request, then it will receive another anonymous fd when the cookie gets looked up. Or it may ignore the CLOSE request, and keep writing data through the anonymous fd. However the next time the cookie gets looked up, the user daemon will still receive another new anonymous fd. Signed-off-by: Jeffle Xu <jefflexu@linux.alibaba.com> Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220425122143.56815-5-jefflexu@linux.alibaba.com Signed-off-by: Gao Xiang <hsiangkao@linux.alibaba.com> diff 5d439467 Wed Nov 17 08:48:06 MST 2021 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> cachefiles: Implement key to filename encoding Implement a function to encode a binary cookie key as something that can be used as a filename. Four options are considered: (1) All printable chars with no '/' characters. Prepend a 'D' to indicate the encoding but otherwise use as-is. (2) Appears to be an array of __be32. Encode as 'S' plus a list of hex-encoded 32-bit ints separated by commas. If a number is 0, it is rendered as "" instead of "0". (3) Appears to be an array of __le32. Encoded as (2) but with a 'T' encoding prefix. (4) Encoded as base64 with an 'E' prefix plus a second char indicating how much padding is involved. A non-standard base64 encoding is used because '/' cannot be used in the encoded form. If (1) is not possible, whichever of (2), (3) or (4) produces the shortest string is selected (hex-encoding a number may be less dense than base64 encoding it). Note that the prefix characters have to be selected from the set [DEIJST@] lest cachefilesd remove the files because it recognise the name. Changes ======= ver #2: - Fix a short allocation that didn't allow for a string terminator[1] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> cc: linux-cachefs@redhat.com Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/bcefb8f2-576a-b3fc-cc29-89808ebfd7c1@linux.alibaba.com/ [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163819640393.215744.15212364106412961104.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v1 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163906940529.143852.17352132319136117053.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v2 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163967149827.1823006.6088580775428487961.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v3 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164021549223.640689.14762875188193982341.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4 diff 5dd43ce2 Mon Jun 19 16:19:09 MDT 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/wait: Split out the wait_bit*() APIs from <linux/wait.h> into <linux/wait_bit.h> The wait_bit*() types and APIs are mixed into wait.h, but they are a pretty orthogonal extension of wait-queues. Furthermore, only about 50 kernel files use these APIs, while over 1000 use the regular wait-queue functionality. So clean up the main wait.h by moving the wait-bit functionality out of it, into a separate .h and .c file: include/linux/wait_bit.h for types and APIs kernel/sched/wait_bit.c for the implementation Update all header dependencies. This reduces the size of wait.h rather significantly, by about 30%. Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5f4f9f4a Thu Dec 20 14:52:33 MST 2012 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> CacheFiles: Downgrade the requirements passed to the allocator Downgrade the requirements passed to the allocator in the gfp flags parameter. FS-Cache/CacheFiles can handle OOM conditions simply by aborting the attempt to store an object or a page in the cache. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> diff c61ea31d Tue May 11 09:51:39 MDT 2010 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> CacheFiles: Fix occasional EIO on call to vfs_unlink() Fix an occasional EIO returned by a call to vfs_unlink(): [ 4868.465413] CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed [ 4868.465444] FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error [ 4947.320011] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 unregistering [ 4947.320041] FS-Cache: Withdrawing cache "mycache" [ 5127.348683] FS-Cache: Cache "mycache" added (type cachefiles) [ 5127.348716] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 registered [ 7076.871081] CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed [ 7076.871130] FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error [ 7116.780891] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 unregistering [ 7116.780937] FS-Cache: Withdrawing cache "mycache" [ 7296.813394] FS-Cache: Cache "mycache" added (type cachefiles) [ 7296.813432] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 registered What happens is this: (1) A cached NFS file is seen to have become out of date, so NFS retires the object and immediately acquires a new object with the same key. (2) Retirement of the old object is done asynchronously - so the lookup/create to generate the new object may be done first. This can be a problem as the old object and the new object must exist at the same point in the backing filesystem (i.e. they must have the same pathname). (3) The lookup for the new object sees that a backing file already exists, checks to see whether it is valid and sees that it isn't. It then deletes that file and creates a new one on disk. (4) The retirement phase for the old file is then performed. It tries to delete the dentry it has, but ext4_unlink() returns -EIO because the inode attached to that dentry no longer matches the inode number associated with the filename in the parent directory. The trace below shows this quite well. [md5sum] ==> __fscache_relinquish_cookie(ffff88002d12fb58{NFS.fh,ffff88002ce62100},1) [md5sum] ==> __fscache_acquire_cookie({NFS.server},{NFS.fh},ffff88002ce62100) NFS has retired the old cookie and asked for a new one. [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_ACTIVE,24}) [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_DYING] [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_INIT,0}) [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_LOOKING_UP] [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_DYING,24}) [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_RECYCLING] The old object (OBJ52) is going through the terminal states to get rid of it, whilst the new object - (OBJ53) - is coming into being. [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_LOOKING_UP,0}) [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_walk_to_object({ffff88003029d8b8},OBJ53,@68,) [kslowd] lookup '@68' [kslowd] next -> ffff88002ce41bd0 positive [kslowd] advance [kslowd] lookup 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA' [kslowd] next -> ffff8800369faac8 positive The new object has looked up the subdir in which the file would be in (getting dentry ffff88002ce41bd0) and then looked up the file itself (getting dentry ffff8800369faac8). [kslowd] validate 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA' [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_bury_object(,'@68','Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA') [kslowd] remove ffff8800369faac8 from ffff88002ce41bd0 [kslowd] unlink stale object [kslowd] <== cachefiles_bury_object() = 0 It then checks the file's xattrs to see if it's valid. NFS says that the auxiliary data indicate the file is out of date (obvious to us - that's why NFS ditched the old version and got a new one). CacheFiles then deletes the old file (dentry ffff8800369faac8). [kslowd] redo lookup [kslowd] lookup 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA' [kslowd] next -> ffff88002cd94288 negative [kslowd] create -> ffff88002cd94288{ffff88002cdaf238{ino=148247}} CacheFiles then redoes the lookup and gets a negative result in a new dentry (ffff88002cd94288) which it then creates a file for. [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_mark_object_active(,OBJ53) [kslowd] <== cachefiles_mark_object_active() = 0 [kslowd] === OBTAINED_OBJECT === [kslowd] <== cachefiles_walk_to_object() = 0 [148247] [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_AVAILABLE] The new object is then marked active and the state machine moves to the available state - at which point NFS can start filling the object. [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_RECYCLING,20}) [kslowd] ==> fscache_release_object() [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_drop_object({OBJ52,2}) [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_delete_object(,OBJ52{ffff8800369faac8}) The old object, meanwhile, goes on with being retired. If allocation occurs first, cachefiles_delete_object() has to wait for dir->d_inode->i_mutex to become available before it can continue. [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_bury_object(,'@68','Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA') [kslowd] remove ffff8800369faac8 from ffff88002ce41bd0 [kslowd] unlink stale object EXT4-fs warning (device sda6): ext4_unlink: Inode number mismatch in unlink (148247!=148193) CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error CacheFiles then tries to delete the file for the old object, but the dentry it has (ffff8800369faac8) no longer points to a valid inode for that directory entry, and so ext4_unlink() returns -EIO when de->inode does not match i_ino. [kslowd] <== cachefiles_bury_object() = -5 [kslowd] <== cachefiles_delete_object() = -5 [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_DEAD] [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_AVAILABLE,0}) [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_ACTIVE] (Note that the above trace includes extra information beyond that produced by the upstream code). The fix is to note when an object that is being retired has had its object deleted preemptively by a replacement object that is being created, and to skip the second removal attempt in such a case. Reported-by: Greg M <gregm@servu.net.au> Reported-by: Mark Moseley <moseleymark@gmail.com> Reported-by: Romain DEGEZ <romain.degez@smartjog.com> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff c61ea31d Tue May 11 09:51:39 MDT 2010 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> CacheFiles: Fix occasional EIO on call to vfs_unlink() Fix an occasional EIO returned by a call to vfs_unlink(): [ 4868.465413] CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed [ 4868.465444] FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error [ 4947.320011] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 unregistering [ 4947.320041] FS-Cache: Withdrawing cache "mycache" [ 5127.348683] FS-Cache: Cache "mycache" added (type cachefiles) [ 5127.348716] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 registered [ 7076.871081] CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed [ 7076.871130] FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error [ 7116.780891] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 unregistering [ 7116.780937] FS-Cache: Withdrawing cache "mycache" [ 7296.813394] FS-Cache: Cache "mycache" added (type cachefiles) [ 7296.813432] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 registered What happens is this: (1) A cached NFS file is seen to have become out of date, so NFS retires the object and immediately acquires a new object with the same key. (2) Retirement of the old object is done asynchronously - so the lookup/create to generate the new object may be done first. This can be a problem as the old object and the new object must exist at the same point in the backing filesystem (i.e. they must have the same pathname). (3) The lookup for the new object sees that a backing file already exists, checks to see whether it is valid and sees that it isn't. It then deletes that file and creates a new one on disk. (4) The retirement phase for the old file is then performed. It tries to delete the dentry it has, but ext4_unlink() returns -EIO because the inode attached to that dentry no longer matches the inode number associated with the filename in the parent directory. The trace below shows this quite well. [md5sum] ==> __fscache_relinquish_cookie(ffff88002d12fb58{NFS.fh,ffff88002ce62100},1) [md5sum] ==> __fscache_acquire_cookie({NFS.server},{NFS.fh},ffff88002ce62100) NFS has retired the old cookie and asked for a new one. [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_ACTIVE,24}) [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_DYING] [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_INIT,0}) [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_LOOKING_UP] [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_DYING,24}) [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_RECYCLING] The old object (OBJ52) is going through the terminal states to get rid of it, whilst the new object - (OBJ53) - is coming into being. [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_LOOKING_UP,0}) [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_walk_to_object({ffff88003029d8b8},OBJ53,@68,) [kslowd] lookup '@68' [kslowd] next -> ffff88002ce41bd0 positive [kslowd] advance [kslowd] lookup 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA' [kslowd] next -> ffff8800369faac8 positive The new object has looked up the subdir in which the file would be in (getting dentry ffff88002ce41bd0) and then looked up the file itself (getting dentry ffff8800369faac8). [kslowd] validate 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA' [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_bury_object(,'@68','Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA') [kslowd] remove ffff8800369faac8 from ffff88002ce41bd0 [kslowd] unlink stale object [kslowd] <== cachefiles_bury_object() = 0 It then checks the file's xattrs to see if it's valid. NFS says that the auxiliary data indicate the file is out of date (obvious to us - that's why NFS ditched the old version and got a new one). CacheFiles then deletes the old file (dentry ffff8800369faac8). [kslowd] redo lookup [kslowd] lookup 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA' [kslowd] next -> ffff88002cd94288 negative [kslowd] create -> ffff88002cd94288{ffff88002cdaf238{ino=148247}} CacheFiles then redoes the lookup and gets a negative result in a new dentry (ffff88002cd94288) which it then creates a file for. [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_mark_object_active(,OBJ53) [kslowd] <== cachefiles_mark_object_active() = 0 [kslowd] === OBTAINED_OBJECT === [kslowd] <== cachefiles_walk_to_object() = 0 [148247] [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_AVAILABLE] The new object is then marked active and the state machine moves to the available state - at which point NFS can start filling the object. [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_RECYCLING,20}) [kslowd] ==> fscache_release_object() [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_drop_object({OBJ52,2}) [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_delete_object(,OBJ52{ffff8800369faac8}) The old object, meanwhile, goes on with being retired. If allocation occurs first, cachefiles_delete_object() has to wait for dir->d_inode->i_mutex to become available before it can continue. [kslowd] ==> cachefiles_bury_object(,'@68','Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA') [kslowd] remove ffff8800369faac8 from ffff88002ce41bd0 [kslowd] unlink stale object EXT4-fs warning (device sda6): ext4_unlink: Inode number mismatch in unlink (148247!=148193) CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error CacheFiles then tries to delete the file for the old object, but the dentry it has (ffff8800369faac8) no longer points to a valid inode for that directory entry, and so ext4_unlink() returns -EIO when de->inode does not match i_ino. [kslowd] <== cachefiles_bury_object() = -5 [kslowd] <== cachefiles_delete_object() = -5 [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_DEAD] [kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_AVAILABLE,0}) [kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_ACTIVE] (Note that the above trace includes extra information beyond that produced by the upstream code). The fix is to note when an object that is being retired has had its object deleted preemptively by a replacement object that is being created, and to skip the second removal attempt in such a case. Reported-by: Greg M <gregm@servu.net.au> Reported-by: Mark Moseley <moseleymark@gmail.com> Reported-by: Romain DEGEZ <romain.degez@smartjog.com> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> 9ae326a6 Fri Apr 03 09:42:41 MDT 2009 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> CacheFiles: A cache that backs onto a mounted filesystem Add an FS-Cache cache-backend that permits a mounted filesystem to be used as a backing store for the cache. CacheFiles uses a userspace daemon to do some of the cache management - such as reaping stale nodes and culling. This is called cachefilesd and lives in /sbin. The source for the daemon can be downloaded from: http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/cachefs/cachefilesd.c And an example configuration from: http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/cachefs/cachefilesd.conf The filesystem and data integrity of the cache are only as good as those of the filesystem providing the backing services. Note that CacheFiles does not attempt to journal anything since the journalling interfaces of the various filesystems are very specific in nature. CacheFiles creates a misc character device - "/dev/cachefiles" - that is used to communication with the daemon. Only one thing may have this open at once, and whilst it is open, a cache is at least partially in existence. The daemon opens this and sends commands down it to control the cache. CacheFiles is currently limited to a single cache. CacheFiles attempts to maintain at least a certain percentage of free space on the filesystem, shrinking the cache by culling the objects it contains to make space if necessary - see the "Cache Culling" section. This means it can be placed on the same medium as a live set of data, and will expand to make use of spare space and automatically contract when the set of data requires more space. ============ REQUIREMENTS ============ The use of CacheFiles and its daemon requires the following features to be available in the system and in the cache filesystem: - dnotify. - extended attributes (xattrs). - openat() and friends. - bmap() support on files in the filesystem (FIBMAP ioctl). - The use of bmap() to detect a partial page at the end of the file. It is strongly recommended that the "dir_index" option is enabled on Ext3 filesystems being used as a cache. ============= CONFIGURATION ============= The cache is configured by a script in /etc/cachefilesd.conf. These commands set up cache ready for use. The following script commands are available: (*) brun <N>% (*) bcull <N>% (*) bstop <N>% (*) frun <N>% (*) fcull <N>% (*) fstop <N>% Configure the culling limits. Optional. See the section on culling The defaults are 7% (run), 5% (cull) and 1% (stop) respectively. The commands beginning with a 'b' are file space (block) limits, those beginning with an 'f' are file count limits. (*) dir <path> Specify the directory containing the root of the cache. Mandatory. (*) tag <name> Specify a tag to FS-Cache to use in distinguishing multiple caches. Optional. The default is "CacheFiles". (*) debug <mask> Specify a numeric bitmask to control debugging in the kernel module. Optional. The default is zero (all off). The following values can be OR'd into the mask to collect various information: 1 Turn on trace of function entry (_enter() macros) 2 Turn on trace of function exit (_leave() macros) 4 Turn on trace of internal debug points (_debug()) This mask can also be set through sysfs, eg: echo 5 >/sys/modules/cachefiles/parameters/debug ================== STARTING THE CACHE ================== The cache is started by running the daemon. The daemon opens the cache device, configures the cache and tells it to begin caching. At that point the cache binds to fscache and the cache becomes live. The daemon is run as follows: /sbin/cachefilesd [-d]* [-s] [-n] [-f <configfile>] The flags are: (*) -d Increase the debugging level. This can be specified multiple times and is cumulative with itself. (*) -s Send messages to stderr instead of syslog. (*) -n Don't daemonise and go into background. (*) -f <configfile> Use an alternative configuration file rather than the default one. =============== THINGS TO AVOID =============== Do not mount other things within the cache as this will cause problems. The kernel module contains its own very cut-down path walking facility that ignores mountpoints, but the daemon can't avoid them. Do not create, rename or unlink files and directories in the cache whilst the cache is active, as this may cause the state to become uncertain. Renaming files in the cache might make objects appear to be other objects (the filename is part of the lookup key). Do not change or remove the extended attributes attached to cache files by the cache as this will cause the cache state management to get confused. Do not create files or directories in the cache, lest the cache get confused or serve incorrect data. Do not chmod files in the cache. The module creates things with minimal permissions to prevent random users being able to access them directly. ============= CACHE CULLING ============= The cache may need culling occasionally to make space. This involves discarding objects from the cache that have been used less recently than anything else. Culling is based on the access time of data objects. Empty directories are culled if not in use. Cache culling is done on the basis of the percentage of blocks and the percentage of files available in the underlying filesystem. There are six "limits": (*) brun (*) frun If the amount of free space and the number of available files in the cache rises above both these limits, then culling is turned off. (*) bcull (*) fcull If the amount of available space or the number of available files in the cache falls below either of these limits, then culling is started. (*) bstop (*) fstop If the amount of available space or the number of available files in the cache falls below either of these limits, then no further allocation of disk space or files is permitted until culling has raised things above these limits again. These must be configured thusly: 0 <= bstop < bcull < brun < 100 0 <= fstop < fcull < frun < 100 Note that these are percentages of available space and available files, and do _not_ appear as 100 minus the percentage displayed by the "df" program. The userspace daemon scans the cache to build up a table of cullable objects. These are then culled in least recently used order. A new scan of the cache is started as soon as space is made in the table. Objects will be skipped if their atimes have changed or if the kernel module says it is still using them. =============== CACHE STRUCTURE =============== The CacheFiles module will create two directories in the directory it was given: (*) cache/ (*) graveyard/ The active cache objects all reside in the first directory. The CacheFiles kernel module moves any retired or culled objects that it can't simply unlink to the graveyard from which the daemon will actually delete them. The daemon uses dnotify to monitor the graveyard directory, and will delete anything that appears therein. The module represents index objects as directories with the filename "I..." or "J...". Note that the "cache/" directory is itself a special index. Data objects are represented as files if they have no children, or directories if they do. Their filenames all begin "D..." or "E...". If represented as a directory, data objects will have a file in the directory called "data" that actually holds the data. Special objects are similar to data objects, except their filenames begin "S..." or "T...". If an object has children, then it will be represented as a directory. Immediately in the representative directory are a collection of directories named for hash values of the child object keys with an '@' prepended. Into this directory, if possible, will be placed the representations of the child objects: INDEX INDEX INDEX DATA FILES ========= ========== ================================= ================ cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400 cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...DB1ry cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...N22ry cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...FP1ry If the key is so long that it exceeds NAME_MAX with the decorations added on to it, then it will be cut into pieces, the first few of which will be used to make a nest of directories, and the last one of which will be the objects inside the last directory. The names of the intermediate directories will have '+' prepended: J1223/@23/+xy...z/+kl...m/Epqr Note that keys are raw data, and not only may they exceed NAME_MAX in size, they may also contain things like '/' and NUL characters, and so they may not be suitable for turning directly into a filename. To handle this, CacheFiles will use a suitably printable filename directly and "base-64" encode ones that aren't directly suitable. The two versions of object filenames indicate the encoding: OBJECT TYPE PRINTABLE ENCODED =============== =============== =============== Index "I..." "J..." Data "D..." "E..." Special "S..." "T..." Intermediate directories are always "@" or "+" as appropriate. Each object in the cache has an extended attribute label that holds the object type ID (required to distinguish special objects) and the auxiliary data from the netfs. The latter is used to detect stale objects in the cache and update or retire them. Note that CacheFiles will erase from the cache any file it doesn't recognise or any file of an incorrect type (such as a FIFO file or a device file). ========================== SECURITY MODEL AND SELINUX ========================== CacheFiles is implemented to deal properly with the LSM security features of the Linux kernel and the SELinux facility. One of the problems that CacheFiles faces is that it is generally acting on behalf of a process, and running in that process's context, and that includes a security context that is not appropriate for accessing the cache - either because the files in the cache are inaccessible to that process, or because if the process creates a file in the cache, that file may be inaccessible to other processes. The way CacheFiles works is to temporarily change the security context (fsuid, fsgid and actor security label) that the process acts as - without changing the security context of the process when it the target of an operation performed by some other process (so signalling and suchlike still work correctly). When the CacheFiles module is asked to bind to its cache, it: (1) Finds the security label attached to the root cache directory and uses that as the security label with which it will create files. By default, this is: cachefiles_var_t (2) Finds the security label of the process which issued the bind request (presumed to be the cachefilesd daemon), which by default will be: cachefilesd_t and asks LSM to supply a security ID as which it should act given the daemon's label. By default, this will be: cachefiles_kernel_t SELinux transitions the daemon's security ID to the module's security ID based on a rule of this form in the policy. type_transition <daemon's-ID> kernel_t : process <module's-ID>; For instance: type_transition cachefilesd_t kernel_t : process cachefiles_kernel_t; The module's security ID gives it permission to create, move and remove files and directories in the cache, to find and access directories and files in the cache, to set and access extended attributes on cache objects, and to read and write files in the cache. The daemon's security ID gives it only a very restricted set of permissions: it may scan directories, stat files and erase files and directories. It may not read or write files in the cache, and so it is precluded from accessing the data cached therein; nor is it permitted to create new files in the cache. There are policy source files available in: http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/fscache/cachefilesd-0.8.tar.bz2 and later versions. In that tarball, see the files: cachefilesd.te cachefilesd.fc cachefilesd.if They are built and installed directly by the RPM. If a non-RPM based system is being used, then copy the above files to their own directory and run: make -f /usr/share/selinux/devel/Makefile semodule -i cachefilesd.pp You will need checkpolicy and selinux-policy-devel installed prior to the build. By default, the cache is located in /var/fscache, but if it is desirable that it should be elsewhere, than either the above policy files must be altered, or an auxiliary policy must be installed to label the alternate location of the cache. For instructions on how to add an auxiliary policy to enable the cache to be located elsewhere when SELinux is in enforcing mode, please see: /usr/share/doc/cachefilesd-*/move-cache.txt When the cachefilesd rpm is installed; alternatively, the document can be found in the sources. ================== A NOTE ON SECURITY ================== CacheFiles makes use of the split security in the task_struct. It allocates its own task_security structure, and redirects current->act_as to point to it when it acts on behalf of another process, in that process's context. The reason it does this is that it calls vfs_mkdir() and suchlike rather than bypassing security and calling inode ops directly. Therefore the VFS and LSM may deny the CacheFiles access to the cache data because under some circumstances the caching code is running in the security context of whatever process issued the original syscall on the netfs. Furthermore, should CacheFiles create a file or directory, the security parameters with that object is created (UID, GID, security label) would be derived from that process that issued the system call, thus potentially preventing other processes from accessing the cache - including CacheFiles's cache management daemon (cachefilesd). What is required is to temporarily override the security of the process that issued the system call. We can't, however, just do an in-place change of the security data as that affects the process as an object, not just as a subject. This means it may lose signals or ptrace events for example, and affects what the process looks like in /proc. So CacheFiles makes use of a logical split in the security between the objective security (task->sec) and the subjective security (task->act_as). The objective security holds the intrinsic security properties of a process and is never overridden. This is what appears in /proc, and is what is used when a process is the target of an operation by some other process (SIGKILL for example). The subjective security holds the active security properties of a process, and may be overridden. This is not seen externally, and is used whan a process acts upon another object, for example SIGKILLing another process or opening a file. LSM hooks exist that allow SELinux (or Smack or whatever) to reject a request for CacheFiles to run in a context of a specific security label, or to create files and directories with another security label. This documentation is added by the patch to: Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com> Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Tested-by: Daire Byrne <Daire.Byrne@framestore.com> 9ae326a6 Fri Apr 03 09:42:41 MDT 2009 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> CacheFiles: A cache that backs onto a mounted filesystem Add an FS-Cache cache-backend that permits a mounted filesystem to be used as a backing store for the cache. CacheFiles uses a userspace daemon to do some of the cache management - such as reaping stale nodes and culling. This is called cachefilesd and lives in /sbin. The source for the daemon can be downloaded from: http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/cachefs/cachefilesd.c And an example configuration from: http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/cachefs/cachefilesd.conf The filesystem and data integrity of the cache are only as good as those of the filesystem providing the backing services. Note that CacheFiles does not attempt to journal anything since the journalling interfaces of the various filesystems are very specific in nature. CacheFiles creates a misc character device - "/dev/cachefiles" - that is used to communication with the daemon. Only one thing may have this open at once, and whilst it is open, a cache is at least partially in existence. The daemon opens this and sends commands down it to control the cache. CacheFiles is currently limited to a single cache. CacheFiles attempts to maintain at least a certain percentage of free space on the filesystem, shrinking the cache by culling the objects it contains to make space if necessary - see the "Cache Culling" section. This means it can be placed on the same medium as a live set of data, and will expand to make use of spare space and automatically contract when the set of data requires more space. ============ REQUIREMENTS ============ The use of CacheFiles and its daemon requires the following features to be available in the system and in the cache filesystem: - dnotify. - extended attributes (xattrs). - openat() and friends. - bmap() support on files in the filesystem (FIBMAP ioctl). - The use of bmap() to detect a partial page at the end of the file. It is strongly recommended that the "dir_index" option is enabled on Ext3 filesystems being used as a cache. ============= CONFIGURATION ============= The cache is configured by a script in /etc/cachefilesd.conf. These commands set up cache ready for use. The following script commands are available: (*) brun <N>% (*) bcull <N>% (*) bstop <N>% (*) frun <N>% (*) fcull <N>% (*) fstop <N>% Configure the culling limits. Optional. See the section on culling The defaults are 7% (run), 5% (cull) and 1% (stop) respectively. The commands beginning with a 'b' are file space (block) limits, those beginning with an 'f' are file count limits. (*) dir <path> Specify the directory containing the root of the cache. Mandatory. (*) tag <name> Specify a tag to FS-Cache to use in distinguishing multiple caches. Optional. The default is "CacheFiles". (*) debug <mask> Specify a numeric bitmask to control debugging in the kernel module. Optional. The default is zero (all off). The following values can be OR'd into the mask to collect various information: 1 Turn on trace of function entry (_enter() macros) 2 Turn on trace of function exit (_leave() macros) 4 Turn on trace of internal debug points (_debug()) This mask can also be set through sysfs, eg: echo 5 >/sys/modules/cachefiles/parameters/debug ================== STARTING THE CACHE ================== The cache is started by running the daemon. The daemon opens the cache device, configures the cache and tells it to begin caching. At that point the cache binds to fscache and the cache becomes live. The daemon is run as follows: /sbin/cachefilesd [-d]* [-s] [-n] [-f <configfile>] The flags are: (*) -d Increase the debugging level. This can be specified multiple times and is cumulative with itself. (*) -s Send messages to stderr instead of syslog. (*) -n Don't daemonise and go into background. (*) -f <configfile> Use an alternative configuration file rather than the default one. =============== THINGS TO AVOID =============== Do not mount other things within the cache as this will cause problems. The kernel module contains its own very cut-down path walking facility that ignores mountpoints, but the daemon can't avoid them. Do not create, rename or unlink files and directories in the cache whilst the cache is active, as this may cause the state to become uncertain. Renaming files in the cache might make objects appear to be other objects (the filename is part of the lookup key). Do not change or remove the extended attributes attached to cache files by the cache as this will cause the cache state management to get confused. Do not create files or directories in the cache, lest the cache get confused or serve incorrect data. Do not chmod files in the cache. The module creates things with minimal permissions to prevent random users being able to access them directly. ============= CACHE CULLING ============= The cache may need culling occasionally to make space. This involves discarding objects from the cache that have been used less recently than anything else. Culling is based on the access time of data objects. Empty directories are culled if not in use. Cache culling is done on the basis of the percentage of blocks and the percentage of files available in the underlying filesystem. There are six "limits": (*) brun (*) frun If the amount of free space and the number of available files in the cache rises above both these limits, then culling is turned off. (*) bcull (*) fcull If the amount of available space or the number of available files in the cache falls below either of these limits, then culling is started. (*) bstop (*) fstop If the amount of available space or the number of available files in the cache falls below either of these limits, then no further allocation of disk space or files is permitted until culling has raised things above these limits again. These must be configured thusly: 0 <= bstop < bcull < brun < 100 0 <= fstop < fcull < frun < 100 Note that these are percentages of available space and available files, and do _not_ appear as 100 minus the percentage displayed by the "df" program. The userspace daemon scans the cache to build up a table of cullable objects. These are then culled in least recently used order. A new scan of the cache is started as soon as space is made in the table. Objects will be skipped if their atimes have changed or if the kernel module says it is still using them. =============== CACHE STRUCTURE =============== The CacheFiles module will create two directories in the directory it was given: (*) cache/ (*) graveyard/ The active cache objects all reside in the first directory. The CacheFiles kernel module moves any retired or culled objects that it can't simply unlink to the graveyard from which the daemon will actually delete them. The daemon uses dnotify to monitor the graveyard directory, and will delete anything that appears therein. The module represents index objects as directories with the filename "I..." or "J...". Note that the "cache/" directory is itself a special index. Data objects are represented as files if they have no children, or directories if they do. Their filenames all begin "D..." or "E...". If represented as a directory, data objects will have a file in the directory called "data" that actually holds the data. Special objects are similar to data objects, except their filenames begin "S..." or "T...". If an object has children, then it will be represented as a directory. Immediately in the representative directory are a collection of directories named for hash values of the child object keys with an '@' prepended. Into this directory, if possible, will be placed the representations of the child objects: INDEX INDEX INDEX DATA FILES ========= ========== ================================= ================ cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400 cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...DB1ry cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...N22ry cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...FP1ry If the key is so long that it exceeds NAME_MAX with the decorations added on to it, then it will be cut into pieces, the first few of which will be used to make a nest of directories, and the last one of which will be the objects inside the last directory. The names of the intermediate directories will have '+' prepended: J1223/@23/+xy...z/+kl...m/Epqr Note that keys are raw data, and not only may they exceed NAME_MAX in size, they may also contain things like '/' and NUL characters, and so they may not be suitable for turning directly into a filename. To handle this, CacheFiles will use a suitably printable filename directly and "base-64" encode ones that aren't directly suitable. The two versions of object filenames indicate the encoding: OBJECT TYPE PRINTABLE ENCODED =============== =============== =============== Index "I..." "J..." Data "D..." "E..." Special "S..." "T..." Intermediate directories are always "@" or "+" as appropriate. Each object in the cache has an extended attribute label that holds the object type ID (required to distinguish special objects) and the auxiliary data from the netfs. The latter is used to detect stale objects in the cache and update or retire them. Note that CacheFiles will erase from the cache any file it doesn't recognise or any file of an incorrect type (such as a FIFO file or a device file). ========================== SECURITY MODEL AND SELINUX ========================== CacheFiles is implemented to deal properly with the LSM security features of the Linux kernel and the SELinux facility. One of the problems that CacheFiles faces is that it is generally acting on behalf of a process, and running in that process's context, and that includes a security context that is not appropriate for accessing the cache - either because the files in the cache are inaccessible to that process, or because if the process creates a file in the cache, that file may be inaccessible to other processes. The way CacheFiles works is to temporarily change the security context (fsuid, fsgid and actor security label) that the process acts as - without changing the security context of the process when it the target of an operation performed by some other process (so signalling and suchlike still work correctly). When the CacheFiles module is asked to bind to its cache, it: (1) Finds the security label attached to the root cache directory and uses that as the security label with which it will create files. By default, this is: cachefiles_var_t (2) Finds the security label of the process which issued the bind request (presumed to be the cachefilesd daemon), which by default will be: cachefilesd_t and asks LSM to supply a security ID as which it should act given the daemon's label. By default, this will be: cachefiles_kernel_t SELinux transitions the daemon's security ID to the module's security ID based on a rule of this form in the policy. type_transition <daemon's-ID> kernel_t : process <module's-ID>; For instance: type_transition cachefilesd_t kernel_t : process cachefiles_kernel_t; The module's security ID gives it permission to create, move and remove files and directories in the cache, to find and access directories and files in the cache, to set and access extended attributes on cache objects, and to read and write files in the cache. The daemon's security ID gives it only a very restricted set of permissions: it may scan directories, stat files and erase files and directories. It may not read or write files in the cache, and so it is precluded from accessing the data cached therein; nor is it permitted to create new files in the cache. There are policy source files available in: http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/fscache/cachefilesd-0.8.tar.bz2 and later versions. In that tarball, see the files: cachefilesd.te cachefilesd.fc cachefilesd.if They are built and installed directly by the RPM. If a non-RPM based system is being used, then copy the above files to their own directory and run: make -f /usr/share/selinux/devel/Makefile semodule -i cachefilesd.pp You will need checkpolicy and selinux-policy-devel installed prior to the build. By default, the cache is located in /var/fscache, but if it is desirable that it should be elsewhere, than either the above policy files must be altered, or an auxiliary policy must be installed to label the alternate location of the cache. For instructions on how to add an auxiliary policy to enable the cache to be located elsewhere when SELinux is in enforcing mode, please see: /usr/share/doc/cachefilesd-*/move-cache.txt When the cachefilesd rpm is installed; alternatively, the document can be found in the sources. ================== A NOTE ON SECURITY ================== CacheFiles makes use of the split security in the task_struct. It allocates its own task_security structure, and redirects current->act_as to point to it when it acts on behalf of another process, in that process's context. The reason it does this is that it calls vfs_mkdir() and suchlike rather than bypassing security and calling inode ops directly. Therefore the VFS and LSM may deny the CacheFiles access to the cache data because under some circumstances the caching code is running in the security context of whatever process issued the original syscall on the netfs. Furthermore, should CacheFiles create a file or directory, the security parameters with that object is created (UID, GID, security label) would be derived from that process that issued the system call, thus potentially preventing other processes from accessing the cache - including CacheFiles's cache management daemon (cachefilesd). What is required is to temporarily override the security of the process that issued the system call. We can't, however, just do an in-place change of the security data as that affects the process as an object, not just as a subject. This means it may lose signals or ptrace events for example, and affects what the process looks like in /proc. So CacheFiles makes use of a logical split in the security between the objective security (task->sec) and the subjective security (task->act_as). The objective security holds the intrinsic security properties of a process and is never overridden. This is what appears in /proc, and is what is used when a process is the target of an operation by some other process (SIGKILL for example). The subjective security holds the active security properties of a process, and may be overridden. This is not seen externally, and is used whan a process acts upon another object, for example SIGKILLing another process or opening a file. LSM hooks exist that allow SELinux (or Smack or whatever) to reject a request for CacheFiles to run in a context of a specific security label, or to create files and directories with another security label. This documentation is added by the patch to: Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com> Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Tested-by: Daire Byrne <Daire.Byrne@framestore.com> |
/linux-master/fs/9p/ | ||
H A D | v9fs.c | diff f88c3fb8 Tue Mar 12 21:32:19 MDT 2024 Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> mm, slab: remove last vestiges of SLAB_MEM_SPREAD Yes, yes, I know the slab people were planning on going slow and letting every subsystem fight this thing on their own. But let's just rip off the band-aid and get it over and done with. I don't want to see a number of unnecessary pull requests just to get rid of a flag that no longer has any meaning. This was mainly done with a couple of 'sed' scripts and then some manual cleanup of the end result. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/CAHk-=wji0u+OOtmAOD-5JV3SXcRJF___k_+8XNKmak0yd5vW1Q@mail.gmail.com/ Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 24e42e32 Wed Nov 18 02:06:42 MST 2020 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> 9p: Use fscache indexing rewrite and reenable caching Change the 9p filesystem to take account of the changes to fscache's indexing rewrite and reenable caching in 9p. The following changes have been made: (1) The fscache_netfs struct is no more, and there's no need to register the filesystem as a whole. (2) The session cookie is now an fscache_volume cookie, allocated with fscache_acquire_volume(). That takes three parameters: a string representing the "volume" in the index, a string naming the cache to use (or NULL) and a u64 that conveys coherency metadata for the volume. For 9p, I've made it render the volume name string as: "9p,<devname>,<cachetag>" where the cachetag is replaced by the aname if it wasn't supplied. This probably needs rethinking a bit as the aname can have slashes in it. It might be better to hash the cachetag and use the hash or I could substitute commas for the slashes or something. (3) The fscache_cookie_def is no more and needed information is passed directly to fscache_acquire_cookie(). The cache no longer calls back into the filesystem, but rather metadata changes are indicated at other times. fscache_acquire_cookie() is passed the same keying and coherency information as before. (4) The functions to set/reset/flush cookies are removed and fscache_use_cookie() and fscache_unuse_cookie() are used instead. fscache_use_cookie() is passed a flag to indicate if the cookie is opened for writing. fscache_unuse_cookie() is passed updates for the metadata if we changed it (ie. if the file was opened for writing). These are called when the file is opened or closed. (5) wait_on_page_bit[_killable]() is replaced with the specific wait functions for the bits waited upon. (6) I've got rid of some of the 9p-specific cache helper functions and called things like fscache_relinquish_cookie() directly as they'll optimise away if v9fs_inode_cookie() returns an unconditional NULL (which will be the case if CONFIG_9P_FSCACHE=n). (7) v9fs_vfs_setattr() is made to call fscache_resize() to change the size of the cache object. Notes: (A) We should call fscache_invalidate() if we detect that the server's copy of a file got changed by a third party, but I don't know where to do that. We don't need to do that when allocating the cookie as we get a check-and-invalidate when we initially bind to the cache object. (B) The copy-to-cache-on-writeback side of things will be handled in separate patch. Changes ======= ver #3: - Canonicalise the cookie key and coherency data to make them endianness-independent. ver #2: - Use gfpflags_allow_blocking() rather than using flag directly. - fscache_acquire_volume() now returns errors. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Tested-by: Dominique Martinet <asmadeus@codewreck.org> cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com> cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net> cc: v9fs-developer@lists.sourceforge.net cc: linux-cachefs@redhat.com Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163819664645.215744.1555314582005286846.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v1 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163906975017.143852.3459573173204394039.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v2 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163967178512.1823006.17377493641569138183.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v3 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164021573143.640689.3977487095697717967.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4 diff 5e172f75 Wed Sep 05 01:44:12 MDT 2018 Dinu-Razvan Chis-Serban <justcsdr@gmail.com> 9p locks: add mount option for lock retry interval The default P9_LOCK_TIMEOUT can be too long for some users exporting a local file system to a guest VM (30s), make this configurable at mount time. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1536295827-3181-1-git-send-email-asmadeus@codewreck.org Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195727 Signed-off-by: Dinu-Razvan Chis-Serban <justcsdr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5d097056 Thu Jan 14 16:18:21 MST 2016 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> kmemcg: account certain kmem allocations to memcg Mark those kmem allocations that are known to be easily triggered from userspace as __GFP_ACCOUNT/SLAB_ACCOUNT, which makes them accounted to memcg. For the list, see below: - threadinfo - task_struct - task_delay_info - pid - cred - mm_struct - vm_area_struct and vm_region (nommu) - anon_vma and anon_vma_chain - signal_struct - sighand_struct - fs_struct - files_struct - fdtable and fdtable->full_fds_bits - dentry and external_name - inode for all filesystems. This is the most tedious part, because most filesystems overwrite the alloc_inode method. The list is far from complete, so feel free to add more objects. Nevertheless, it should be close to "account everything" approach and keep most workloads within bounds. Malevolent users will be able to breach the limit, but this was possible even with the former "account everything" approach (simply because it did not account everything in fact). [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com> Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org> Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com> Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com> Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org> Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 5d385153 Mon Nov 28 11:40:46 MST 2011 Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> 9p: Reduce object size with CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG Reduce object size by deduplicating formats. Use vsprintf extension %pV. Rename P9_DPRINTK uses to p9_debug, align arguments. Add function for _p9_debug and macro to add __func__. Add missing "\n"s to p9_debug uses. Remove embedded function names as p9_debug adds it. Remove P9_EPRINTK macro and convert use to pr_<level>. Add and use pr_fmt and pr_<level>. $ size fs/9p/built-in.o* text data bss dec hex filename 62133 984 16000 79117 1350d fs/9p/built-in.o.new 67342 984 16928 85254 14d06 fs/9p/built-in.o.old $ size net/9p/built-in.o* text data bss dec hex filename 88792 4148 22024 114964 1c114 net/9p/built-in.o.new 94072 4148 23232 121452 1da6c net/9p/built-in.o.old Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> |
/linux-master/ipc/ | ||
H A D | namespace.c | diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 0cfb6aee Fri Sep 08 17:17:55 MDT 2017 Guillaume Knispel <guillaume.knispel@supersonicimagine.com> ipc: optimize semget/shmget/msgget for lots of keys ipc_findkey() used to scan all objects to look for the wanted key. This is slow when using a high number of keys. This change adds an rhashtable of kern_ipc_perm objects in ipc_ids, so that one lookup cease to be O(n). This change gives a 865% improvement of benchmark reaim.jobs_per_min on a 56 threads Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2695 v3 @ 2.30GHz with 256G memory [1] Other (more micro) benchmark results, by the author: On an i5 laptop, the following loop executed right after a reboot took, without and with this change: for (int i = 0, k=0x424242; i < KEYS; ++i) semget(k++, 1, IPC_CREAT | 0600); total total max single max single KEYS without with call without call with 1 3.5 4.9 µs 3.5 4.9 10 7.6 8.6 µs 3.7 4.7 32 16.2 15.9 µs 4.3 5.3 100 72.9 41.8 µs 3.7 4.7 1000 5,630.0 502.0 µs * * 10000 1,340,000.0 7,240.0 µs * * 31900 17,600,000.0 22,200.0 µs * * *: unreliable measure: high variance The duration for a lookup-only usage was obtained by the same loop once the keys are present: total total max single max single KEYS without with call without call with 1 2.1 2.5 µs 2.1 2.5 10 4.5 4.8 µs 2.2 2.3 32 13.0 10.8 µs 2.3 2.8 100 82.9 25.1 µs * 2.3 1000 5,780.0 217.0 µs * * 10000 1,470,000.0 2,520.0 µs * * 31900 17,400,000.0 7,810.0 µs * * Finally, executing each semget() in a new process gave, when still summing only the durations of these syscalls: creation: total total KEYS without with 1 3.7 5.0 µs 10 32.9 36.7 µs 32 125.0 109.0 µs 100 523.0 353.0 µs 1000 20,300.0 3,280.0 µs 10000 2,470,000.0 46,700.0 µs 31900 27,800,000.0 219,000.0 µs lookup-only: total total KEYS without with 1 2.5 2.7 µs 10 25.4 24.4 µs 32 106.0 72.6 µs 100 591.0 352.0 µs 1000 22,400.0 2,250.0 µs 10000 2,510,000.0 25,700.0 µs 31900 28,200,000.0 115,000.0 µs [1] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170814060507.GE23258@yexl-desktop Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170815194954.ck32ta2z35yuzpwp@debix Signed-off-by: Guillaume Knispel <guillaume.knispel@supersonicimagine.com> Reviewed-by: Marc Pardo <marc.pardo@supersonicimagine.com> Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Manfred Spraul <manfred@colorfullife.com> Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: "Peter Zijlstra (Intel)" <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org> Cc: Guillaume Knispel <guillaume.knispel@supersonicimagine.com> Cc: Marc Pardo <marc.pardo@supersonicimagine.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 0cfb6aee Fri Sep 08 17:17:55 MDT 2017 Guillaume Knispel <guillaume.knispel@supersonicimagine.com> ipc: optimize semget/shmget/msgget for lots of keys ipc_findkey() used to scan all objects to look for the wanted key. This is slow when using a high number of keys. This change adds an rhashtable of kern_ipc_perm objects in ipc_ids, so that one lookup cease to be O(n). This change gives a 865% improvement of benchmark reaim.jobs_per_min on a 56 threads Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2695 v3 @ 2.30GHz with 256G memory [1] Other (more micro) benchmark results, by the author: On an i5 laptop, the following loop executed right after a reboot took, without and with this change: for (int i = 0, k=0x424242; i < KEYS; ++i) semget(k++, 1, IPC_CREAT | 0600); total total max single max single KEYS without with call without call with 1 3.5 4.9 µs 3.5 4.9 10 7.6 8.6 µs 3.7 4.7 32 16.2 15.9 µs 4.3 5.3 100 72.9 41.8 µs 3.7 4.7 1000 5,630.0 502.0 µs * * 10000 1,340,000.0 7,240.0 µs * * 31900 17,600,000.0 22,200.0 µs * * *: unreliable measure: high variance The duration for a lookup-only usage was obtained by the same loop once the keys are present: total total max single max single KEYS without with call without call with 1 2.1 2.5 µs 2.1 2.5 10 4.5 4.8 µs 2.2 2.3 32 13.0 10.8 µs 2.3 2.8 100 82.9 25.1 µs * 2.3 1000 5,780.0 217.0 µs * * 10000 1,470,000.0 2,520.0 µs * * 31900 17,400,000.0 7,810.0 µs * * Finally, executing each semget() in a new process gave, when still summing only the durations of these syscalls: creation: total total KEYS without with 1 3.7 5.0 µs 10 32.9 36.7 µs 32 125.0 109.0 µs 100 523.0 353.0 µs 1000 20,300.0 3,280.0 µs 10000 2,470,000.0 46,700.0 µs 31900 27,800,000.0 219,000.0 µs lookup-only: total total KEYS without with 1 2.5 2.7 µs 10 25.4 24.4 µs 32 106.0 72.6 µs 100 591.0 352.0 µs 1000 22,400.0 2,250.0 µs 10000 2,510,000.0 25,700.0 µs 31900 28,200,000.0 115,000.0 µs [1] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170814060507.GE23258@yexl-desktop Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170815194954.ck32ta2z35yuzpwp@debix Signed-off-by: Guillaume Knispel <guillaume.knispel@supersonicimagine.com> Reviewed-by: Marc Pardo <marc.pardo@supersonicimagine.com> Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Manfred Spraul <manfred@colorfullife.com> Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: "Peter Zijlstra (Intel)" <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org> Cc: Guillaume Knispel <guillaume.knispel@supersonicimagine.com> Cc: Marc Pardo <marc.pardo@supersonicimagine.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5e4a0847 Fri Dec 14 08:55:36 MST 2012 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> userns: Require CAP_SYS_ADMIN for most uses of setns. Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> found a nasty little bug in the permissions of setns. With unprivileged user namespaces it became possible to create new namespaces without privilege. However the setns calls were relaxed to only require CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the user nameapce of the targed namespace. Which made the following nasty sequence possible. pid = clone(CLONE_NEWUSER | CLONE_NEWNS); if (pid == 0) { /* child */ system("mount --bind /home/me/passwd /etc/passwd"); } else if (pid != 0) { /* parent */ char path[PATH_MAX]; snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "/proc/%u/ns/mnt"); fd = open(path, O_RDONLY); setns(fd, 0); system("su -"); } Prevent this possibility by requiring CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the current user namespace when joing all but the user namespace. Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> |
/linux-master/fs/hfsplus/ | ||
H A D | inode.c | diff 12f9b9a7 Fri Dec 02 03:26:41 MST 2022 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> hfsplus: remove ->writepage ->writepage is a very inefficient method to write back data, and only used through write_cache_pages or a a fallback when no ->migrate_folio method is present. Set ->migrate_folio to the generic buffer_head based helper, and stop wiring up ->writepage for hfsplus_aops. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20221202102644.770505-5-hch@lst.de Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> diff 95582b00 Tue May 08 20:36:02 MDT 2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> vfs: change inode times to use struct timespec64 struct timespec is not y2038 safe. Transition vfs to use y2038 safe struct timespec64 instead. The change was made with the help of the following cocinelle script. This catches about 80% of the changes. All the header file and logic changes are included in the first 5 rules. The rest are trivial substitutions. I avoid changing any of the function signatures or any other filesystem specific data structures to keep the patch simple for review. The script can be a little shorter by combining different cases. But, this version was sufficient for my usecase. virtual patch @ depends on patch @ identifier now; @@ - struct timespec + struct timespec64 current_time ( ... ) { - struct timespec now = current_kernel_time(); + struct timespec64 now = current_kernel_time64(); ... - return timespec_trunc( + return timespec64_trunc( ... ); } @ depends on patch @ identifier xtime; @@ struct \( iattr \| inode \| kstat \) { ... - struct timespec xtime; + struct timespec64 xtime; ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ struct inode_operations { ... int (*update_time) (..., - struct timespec t, + struct timespec64 t, ...); ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; @@ fn_update_time (..., - struct timespec *t, + struct timespec64 *t, ...) { ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ lease_get_mtime( ... , - struct timespec *t + struct timespec64 *t ) { ... } @te depends on patch forall@ identifier ts; local idexpression struct inode *inode_node; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; identifier fn; expression e, E3; local idexpression struct inode *node1; local idexpression struct inode *node2; local idexpression struct iattr *attr1; local idexpression struct iattr *attr2; local idexpression struct iattr attr; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; @@ ( ( - struct timespec ts; + struct timespec64 ts; | - struct timespec ts = current_time(inode_node); + struct timespec64 ts = current_time(inode_node); ) <+... when != ts ( - timespec_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | - timespec_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | ts = current_time(e) | fn_update_time(..., &ts,...) | inode_node->i_xtime = ts | node1->i_xtime = ts | ts = inode_node->i_xtime | <+... attr1->ia_xtime ...+> = ts | ts = attr1->ia_xtime | ts.tv_sec | ts.tv_nsec | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_sec(..., ts.tv_sec) | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_nsec(..., ts.tv_nsec) | - ts = timespec64_to_timespec( + ts = ... -) | - ts = ktime_to_timespec( + ts = ktime_to_timespec64( ...) | - ts = E3 + ts = timespec_to_timespec64(E3) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&ts) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&ts) | fn(..., - ts + timespec64_to_timespec(ts) ,...) ) ...+> ( <... when != ts - return ts; + return timespec64_to_timespec(ts); ...> ) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &node2->i_xtime2) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &attr2->ia_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &attr2->ia_xtime2) | - timespec_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) | node1->i_xtime1 = - timespec_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, + timespec64_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, ...) | - attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, + attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec64_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, ...) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr1->ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr1->ia_xtime1) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr.ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr.ia_xtime1) ) @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier fn; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; expression e; @@ ( - fn(node->i_xtime); + fn(timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | fn(..., - node->i_xtime); + timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | - e = fn(attr->ia_xtime); + e = fn(timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime)); ) @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; struct kstat *stat; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier xtime =~ "^[acm]time$"; identifier fn, ret; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(stat->xtime); ret = fn (..., - &stat->xtime); + &ts); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct inode *node2; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime3 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; struct iattr *attrp; struct iattr *attrp2; struct iattr attr ; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; struct kstat *stat; struct kstat stat1; struct timespec64 ts; identifier xtime =~ "^[acmb]time$"; expression e; @@ ( ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \| attr.ia_xtime2 \) = node->i_xtime1 ; | node->i_xtime2 = \( node2->i_xtime1 \| timespec64_trunc(...) \); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | stat->xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | stat1.xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \) = attrp->ia_xtime1 ; | ( attrp->ia_xtime1 \| attr.ia_xtime1 \) = attrp2->ia_xtime2; | - e = node->i_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( node->i_xtime1 ); | - e = attrp->ia_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( attrp->ia_xtime1 ); | node->i_xtime1 = current_time(...); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | - node->i_xtime1 = e; + node->i_xtime1 = timespec_to_timespec64(e); ) Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> Cc: <anton@tuxera.com> Cc: <balbi@kernel.org> Cc: <bfields@fieldses.org> Cc: <darrick.wong@oracle.com> Cc: <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: <dsterba@suse.com> Cc: <dwmw2@infradead.org> Cc: <hch@lst.de> Cc: <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> Cc: <hubcap@omnibond.com> Cc: <jack@suse.com> Cc: <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Cc: <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu> Cc: <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: <miklos@szeredi.hu> Cc: <nico@linaro.org> Cc: <reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org> Cc: <richard@nod.at> Cc: <sage@redhat.com> Cc: <sfrench@samba.org> Cc: <swhiteho@redhat.com> Cc: <tj@kernel.org> Cc: <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com> Cc: <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff d74a054f Thu Jan 23 16:55:25 MST 2014 Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com> hfsplus: remove hfsplus_file_lookup() HFS+ resource fork lookup breaks opendir() library function. Since opendir first calls open() with O_DIRECTORY flag set. O_DIRECTORY means "refuse to open if not a directory". The open system call in the kernel does a check for inode->i_op->lookup and returns -ENOTDIR. So if hfsplus_file_lookup is set it allows opendir() for plain files. Also resource fork lookup in HFS+ does not work. Since it is never invoked after VFS permission checking. It will always return with -EACCES. When we call opendir() on a file, it does not return NULL. opendir() library call is based on open with O_DIRECTORY flag passed and then layered on top of getdents() system call. O_DIRECTORY means "refuse to open if not a directory". The open() system call in the kernel does a check for: do_sys_open() -->..--> can_lookup() i.e it only checks inode->i_op->lookup and returns ENOTDIR if this function pointer is not set. In OSX, we can open "file/rsrc" to get the resource fork of "file". This behavior is emulated inside hfsplus on Linux, which means that to some degree every file acts like a directory. That is the reason lookup() inode operations is supported for files, and it is possible to do a lookup on this specific name. As a result of this open succeeds without returning ENOTDIR for HFS+ Please see the LKML discussion thread on this issue: http://marc.info/?l=linux-fsdevel&m=122823343730412&w=2 I tried to test file/rsrc lookup in HFS+ driver and the feature does not work. From OSX: $ touch test $ echo "1234" > test/..namedfork/rsrc $ ls -l test..namedfork/rsrc --rw-r--r-- 1 tuxera staff 5 10 dec 12:59 test/..namedfork/rsrc [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ id uid=1000(sougata) gid=1000(sougata) groups=1000(sougata),5(tty),18(dialout),1001(vboxusers) [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ mount /dev/sdb1 on /mnt/tmp type hfsplus (rw,relatime,umask=0,uid=1000,gid=1000,nls=utf8) [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ ls -l test/rsrc ls: cannot access test/rsrc: Permission denied According to this LKML thread it is expected behavior. http://marc.info/?t=121139033800008&r=1&w=4 I guess now that permission checking happens in vfs generic_permission() ? So it turns out that even though the lookup() inode_operation exists for HFS+ files. It cannot really get invoked ?. So if we can disable this feature to make opendir() work for HFS+. Signed-off-by: Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Vyacheslav Dubeyko <slava@dubeyko.com> Cc: Anton Altaparmakov <aia21@cam.ac.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff d74a054f Thu Jan 23 16:55:25 MST 2014 Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com> hfsplus: remove hfsplus_file_lookup() HFS+ resource fork lookup breaks opendir() library function. Since opendir first calls open() with O_DIRECTORY flag set. O_DIRECTORY means "refuse to open if not a directory". The open system call in the kernel does a check for inode->i_op->lookup and returns -ENOTDIR. So if hfsplus_file_lookup is set it allows opendir() for plain files. Also resource fork lookup in HFS+ does not work. Since it is never invoked after VFS permission checking. It will always return with -EACCES. When we call opendir() on a file, it does not return NULL. opendir() library call is based on open with O_DIRECTORY flag passed and then layered on top of getdents() system call. O_DIRECTORY means "refuse to open if not a directory". The open() system call in the kernel does a check for: do_sys_open() -->..--> can_lookup() i.e it only checks inode->i_op->lookup and returns ENOTDIR if this function pointer is not set. In OSX, we can open "file/rsrc" to get the resource fork of "file". This behavior is emulated inside hfsplus on Linux, which means that to some degree every file acts like a directory. That is the reason lookup() inode operations is supported for files, and it is possible to do a lookup on this specific name. As a result of this open succeeds without returning ENOTDIR for HFS+ Please see the LKML discussion thread on this issue: http://marc.info/?l=linux-fsdevel&m=122823343730412&w=2 I tried to test file/rsrc lookup in HFS+ driver and the feature does not work. From OSX: $ touch test $ echo "1234" > test/..namedfork/rsrc $ ls -l test..namedfork/rsrc --rw-r--r-- 1 tuxera staff 5 10 dec 12:59 test/..namedfork/rsrc [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ id uid=1000(sougata) gid=1000(sougata) groups=1000(sougata),5(tty),18(dialout),1001(vboxusers) [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ mount /dev/sdb1 on /mnt/tmp type hfsplus (rw,relatime,umask=0,uid=1000,gid=1000,nls=utf8) [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ ls -l test/rsrc ls: cannot access test/rsrc: Permission denied According to this LKML thread it is expected behavior. http://marc.info/?t=121139033800008&r=1&w=4 I guess now that permission checking happens in vfs generic_permission() ? So it turns out that even though the lookup() inode_operation exists for HFS+ files. It cannot really get invoked ?. So if we can disable this feature to make opendir() work for HFS+. Signed-off-by: Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Vyacheslav Dubeyko <slava@dubeyko.com> Cc: Anton Altaparmakov <aia21@cam.ac.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> |
/linux-master/net/sunrpc/ | ||
H A D | auth.c | diff e33c267a Tue May 31 21:22:24 MDT 2022 Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev> mm: shrinkers: provide shrinkers with names Currently shrinkers are anonymous objects. For debugging purposes they can be identified by count/scan function names, but it's not always useful: e.g. for superblock's shrinkers it's nice to have at least an idea of to which superblock the shrinker belongs. This commit adds names to shrinkers. register_shrinker() and prealloc_shrinker() functions are extended to take a format and arguments to master a name. In some cases it's not possible to determine a good name at the time when a shrinker is allocated. For such cases shrinker_debugfs_rename() is provided. The expected format is: <subsystem>-<shrinker_type>[:<instance>]-<id> For some shrinkers an instance can be encoded as (MAJOR:MINOR) pair. After this change the shrinker debugfs directory looks like: $ cd /sys/kernel/debug/shrinker/ $ ls dquota-cache-16 sb-devpts-28 sb-proc-47 sb-tmpfs-42 mm-shadow-18 sb-devtmpfs-5 sb-proc-48 sb-tmpfs-43 mm-zspool:zram0-34 sb-hugetlbfs-17 sb-pstore-31 sb-tmpfs-44 rcu-kfree-0 sb-hugetlbfs-33 sb-rootfs-2 sb-tmpfs-49 sb-aio-20 sb-iomem-12 sb-securityfs-6 sb-tracefs-13 sb-anon_inodefs-15 sb-mqueue-21 sb-selinuxfs-22 sb-xfs:vda1-36 sb-bdev-3 sb-nsfs-4 sb-sockfs-8 sb-zsmalloc-19 sb-bpf-32 sb-pipefs-14 sb-sysfs-26 thp-deferred_split-10 sb-btrfs:vda2-24 sb-proc-25 sb-tmpfs-1 thp-zero-9 sb-cgroup2-30 sb-proc-39 sb-tmpfs-27 xfs-buf:vda1-37 sb-configfs-23 sb-proc-41 sb-tmpfs-29 xfs-inodegc:vda1-38 sb-dax-11 sb-proc-45 sb-tmpfs-35 sb-debugfs-7 sb-proc-46 sb-tmpfs-40 [roman.gushchin@linux.dev: fix build warnings] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/Yr+ZTnLb9lJk6fJO@castle Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20220601032227.4076670-4-roman.gushchin@linux.dev Signed-off-by: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev> Cc: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr> Cc: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com> Cc: Hillf Danton <hdanton@sina.com> Cc: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> Cc: Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> diff 5e16923b Sun Dec 02 17:30:30 MST 2018 NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com> NFS/SUNRPC: don't lookup machine credential until rpcauth_bindcred(). When NFS creates a machine credential, it is a "generic" credential, not tied to any auth protocol, and is really just a container for the princpal name. This doesn't get linked to a genuine credential until rpcauth_bindcred() is called. The lookup always succeeds, so various places that test if the machine credential is NULL, are pointless. As a step towards getting rid of generic credentials, this patch gets rid of generic machine credentials. The nfs_client and rpc_client just hold a pointer to a constant principal name. When a machine credential is wanted, a special static 'struct rpc_cred' pointer is used. rpcauth_bindcred() recognizes this, finds the principal from the client, and binds the correct credential. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff ce52914e Tue Jun 07 13:14:48 MDT 2016 Scott Mayhew <smayhew@redhat.com> sunrpc: move NO_CRKEY_TIMEOUT to the auth->au_flags A generic_cred can be used to look up a unx_cred or a gss_cred, so it's not really safe to use the the generic_cred->acred->ac_flags to store the NO_CRKEY_TIMEOUT flag. A lookup for a unx_cred triggered while the KEY_EXPIRE_SOON flag is already set will cause both NO_CRKEY_TIMEOUT and KEY_EXPIRE_SOON to be set in the ac_flags, leaving the user associated with the auth_cred to be in a state where they're perpetually doing 4K NFS_FILE_SYNC writes. This can be reproduced as follows: 1. Mount two NFS filesystems, one with sec=krb5 and one with sec=sys. They do not need to be the same export, nor do they even need to be from the same NFS server. Also, v3 is fine. $ sudo mount -o v3,sec=krb5 server1:/export /mnt/krb5 $ sudo mount -o v3,sec=sys server2:/export /mnt/sys 2. As the normal user, before accessing the kerberized mount, kinit with a short lifetime (but not so short that renewing the ticket would leave you within the 4-minute window again by the time the original ticket expires), e.g. $ kinit -l 10m -r 60m 3. Do some I/O to the kerberized mount and verify that the writes are wsize, UNSTABLE: $ dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/krb5/file bs=1M count=1 4. Wait until you're within 4 minutes of key expiry, then do some more I/O to the kerberized mount to ensure that RPC_CRED_KEY_EXPIRE_SOON gets set. Verify that the writes are 4K, FILE_SYNC: $ dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/krb5/file bs=1M count=1 5. Now do some I/O to the sec=sys mount. This will cause RPC_CRED_NO_CRKEY_TIMEOUT to be set: $ dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/sys/file bs=1M count=1 6. Writes for that user will now be permanently 4K, FILE_SYNC for that user, regardless of which mount is being written to, until you reboot the client. Renewing the kerberos ticket (assuming it hasn't already expired) will have no effect. Grabbing a new kerberos ticket at this point will have no effect either. Move the flag to the auth->au_flags field (which is currently unused) and rename it slightly to reflect that it's no longer associated with the auth_cred->ac_flags. Add the rpc_auth to the arg list of rpcauth_cred_key_to_expire and check the au_flags there too. Finally, add the inode to the arg list of nfs_ctx_key_to_expire so we can determine the rpc_auth to pass to rpcauth_cred_key_to_expire. Signed-off-by: Scott Mayhew <smayhew@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com> diff 5d8d9a4d Sat Jul 31 12:29:07 MDT 2010 Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> NFS: Ensure the AUTH_UNIX credcache is allocated dynamically Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> diff 5d351754 Tue Sep 15 11:32:13 MDT 2009 Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> SUNRPC: Defer the auth_gss upcall when the RPC call is asynchronous Otherwise, the upcall is going to be synchronous, which may not be what the caller wants... Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu> diff 5f707eb4 Tue Oct 28 13:21:42 MDT 2008 Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> SUNRPC: Fix potential race in put_rpccred() We have to be careful when we try to unhash the credential in put_rpccred(), because we're not holding the credcache lock, so the call to rpcauth_unhash_cred() may fail if someone else has looked the cred up, and obtained a reference to it. Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> diff 5c691044 Wed Mar 12 14:21:07 MDT 2008 Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> SUNRPC: Add an rpc_credop callback for binding a credential to an rpc_task We need the ability to treat 'generic' creds specially, since they want to bind instances of the auth cred instead of binding themselves. Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> diff 8e1f936b Tue Jul 17 05:03:17 MDT 2007 Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au> mm: clean up and kernelify shrinker registration I can never remember what the function to register to receive VM pressure is called. I have to trace down from __alloc_pages() to find it. It's called "set_shrinker()", and it needs Your Help. 1) Don't hide struct shrinker. It contains no magic. 2) Don't allocate "struct shrinker". It's not helpful. 3) Call them "register_shrinker" and "unregister_shrinker". 4) Call the function "shrink" not "shrinker". 5) Reduce the 17 lines of waffly comments to 13, but document it properly. Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au> Cc: David Chinner <dgc@sgi.com> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> |
Completed in 753 milliseconds